DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
DIVISION 23
HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 05 00 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. HVAC Pipe and Pipe Fittings
2. Joining Materials
3. HVAC Sleeves
4. HVAC Sleeve Seals
5. HVAC Specialties
6. HVAC Piping System Installation
7. HVAC Equipment Installation
8. Concrete Bases.
9. Erection of Metal Supports
10. Erection of Wood Supports
11. Cutting and Patching
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 31 00 - Project Management and Coordination
2. Section 01 73 29 - Cutting and Patching
3. Section 01 78 43 - Spare Parts and Materials
4. Section 01 79 00 - Training
5. Section 01 78 23 - Operating and Maintenance Data
6. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements
7. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete
8. Section 06 10 01 - Rough Carpentry
9. Section 07 62 00 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
10. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping
11. Section 08 31 00 - Access Doors
12. Section 09 90 00 - Painting
13. Section 23 05 53 – Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Labeling and
identifying HVAC systems and equipment.
14. Section 31 20 00 – Earth Moving
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and
Materials)
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1. A53 "Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated,
Welded and Seamless"
2. B32 "Standard Specification for Solder Metal"
3. C1107 "Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout
(Nonshrink)"
B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:
1. BRH "Brazing Handbook"
2. A5.8 "Specification for Filler Metals For Brazing And Braze Welding"
3. D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel"
4. D10.12 "Guide for Welding Mild Steel Pipe"
C. Copper Development Association (CDA) Publications:
1. "Copper Tube Handbook"
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred
spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above
ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawl spaces, and tunnels.
B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished
occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.
C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors, or subject to outdoor ambient
temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.
D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical
contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts.
E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather
conditions and physical contact by building occupants, but subject to outdoor ambient
temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters.
F. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials:
1. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic.
2. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic.
3. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
1. Product Data: For dielectric fittings, flexible connectors, plumbing sleeve seals, and
identification materials and devices.
2. Coordination Drawings: Detail major elements, components, and systems of
plumbing equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations,
and building components. Show space requirements for installation and access.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
Indicate if sequence and coordination of installations are important to efficient flow
of the Work. Include the following:
a. Planned piping layout, including valve and specialty locations and valve-stem
movement.
b. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation.
c. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, accessories, and
specialties, including space for disassembly required for periodic maintenance.
d. Equipment and accessory service connections and support details.
e. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations.
f. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations.
g. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases.
h. Scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into
building during construction.
i. Floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and
ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations.
B. LEED Submittals:
1. Credit EQc4.1: Low-Emitting Materials: VOC Data for Adhesives and Sealants:
a. Product Data or other documentation for each product/material highlighting
VOC content information.
1) Refer to VOC limit tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality
Requirements” for VOC limits for adhesive and sealant products in this
Section.
b. Complete the LEED VOC Submittal Form as provided in Section 01 33 00
“Submittal and Substitution Procedures, for products in this Section.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equipment Selection: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics, physical
dimensions, capacities, and ratings may be furnished provided such proposed equipment
is approved in writing and connecting plumbing and electrical services, circuit breakers,
conduit, motors, bases, and equipment spaces are increased. Additional costs shall be
approved in advance by appropriate Contract Modification for these increases.
1. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies of equipment are specified, equipment
must meet design requirements. See drawings for equipment schedules and
requirements.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through
shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and prevent entrance of dirt,
debris, and moisture.
B. Protect stored pipes and tubes from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not
exceed structural capacity of floor, if stored inside.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00-4
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
C. Protect flanges, fittings, and piping specialties from moisture and dirt.
D. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and
bending.
1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate HVAC equipment installation with other building components.
B. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress
of construction to allow for mechanical installations.
C. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place
concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.
D. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment
for efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate installation of large equipment requiring
positioning before closing in building.
E. Coordinate connection of HVAC systems with exterior underground and overhead
utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised
service companies, and controlling agencies.
F. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors if mechanical items requiring
access are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in
Section 08 31 00 - "Access Doors and Panels."
G. Coordinate installation of identifying devices after completing covering and painting, if
devices are applied to surfaces. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical
ceilings and similar concealment.
1.08 Posted Operating Instructions
A. Provide and post operating instructions for all HVAC systems.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1. HVAC Sleeve Seals:
a. Metraflex Inc. (800-621-4347)
b. PSI-Thunderline/Link-Seal (800-423-2410)
2.02 JOINING MATERIALS
A. Refer to VOC limit tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality Requirements” for VOC
limits for adhesive and sealant products in this Section.
B. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B32.
1. Alloy Sn95 or Alloy Sn94: Approximately 95 percent tin and 5 percent silver, with
0.10 percent lead content.
2. Alloy E: Approximately 95 percent tin and 5 percent copper, with 0.10 percent
maximum lead content.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00-5
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
3. Alloy HA: Tin-antimony-silver-copper zinc, with 0.10 percent maximum lead
content.
4. Alloy HB: Tin-antimony-silver-copper nickel, with 0.10 percent maximum lead
content.
5. Alloy Sb5: 95 percent tin and 5 percent antimony, with 0.20 percent maximum lead
content.
C. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8.
1. BCuP Series: Copper-phosphorus alloys.
2. BAg1: Silver alloy.
3. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate
for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.
2.03 HVAC SLEEVES
A. Sleeves: The following materials are for wall, floor, slab, and roof penetrations:
1. Steel Sheet Metal: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness, galvanized, round tube closed
with welded longitudinal joint.
2. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends.
3. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe,
with plain ends and integral water stop, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange.
Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing.
a. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws.
2.04 HVAC SLEEVE SEALS
A. Description: Modular design, with interlocking rubber links shaped to continuously fill
annular space between pipe and sleeve. Include connecting bolts and pressure plates.
B. Refer to VOC limit tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality Requirements” for VOC
limits for adhesive and sealant products in this Section.
2.05 HVAC SPECIALTIES
A. Grout:
1. Non-shrink, Nonmetallic Grout: ASTM C1107, Grade B.
a. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout,
non-staining, non-corrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and
exterior applications.
b. Design Mix: 5000-psig, 28-day compressive strength.
c. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00-6
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 HVAC PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Install HVAC piping as described below, unless piping Sections specifies
otherwise. Individual Division 23 Piping Sections specifies unique piping installation
requirements.
B. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate
general location and arrangement of piping systems. Install piping as indicated, unless
deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings as required by Division 01
Sections and as outlined in Part 1 of this section.
C. Install components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating
pressure.
D. Install piping in concealed interior and exterior locations, except in equipment rooms
and service areas.
E. Install piping free of sags and bends.
F. Install exposed interior and exterior piping at right angles or parallel to building walls.
Diagonal runs are prohibited, unless otherwise indicated.
G. Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls, and other building elements.
Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for ceiling panel removal.
H. Install piping to allow application of insulation plus 1-inch clearance around insulation.
I. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, and concrete floor
and roof slabs.
1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.
a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or
other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve
fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping rings where required.
2. Build sleeves into walls and slabs as work progresses.
3. Install sleeves large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve
and pipe or pipe insulation.
4. Use Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O, neutral-curing silicone sealant.
J. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall, Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and
mechanical sleeve seals. Size sleeve for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and
sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter.
2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches in diameter and larger.
3. Assemble and install mechanical sleeve seals according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Tighten bolts that cause rubber sealing elements to expand and make
watertight seal.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00-7
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
K. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and
floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with fire stopping materials. Refer to
Section 07 84 00 - "Firestopping" for materials.
L. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-
in requirements.
M. Piping Joint Construction: Join pipe and fittings as follows and as specifically required in
individual piping specification Sections:
1. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
2. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings
before assembly.
3. Soldered Joints: Construct joints according to CDA’s "Copper Tube Handbook."
4. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS’s "Brazing Handbook," Chapter
"Pipe and Tube."
3.02 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A. Install equipment to provide maximum possible headroom, if mounting heights is not
indicated.
B. Install equipment according to approved submittal data. Portions of the Work are
shown only in diagrammatic form. Refer conflicts to Owner’s Representative.
C. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems
and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or
replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with
minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible
locations.
E. Clearance from Electrical Equipment: Piping and ductwork are prohibited in electric
rooms and closets, elevator machine rooms and installation over transformers,
switchboards and motor control centers.
3.03 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGE
A. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and
elevation to support and anchor mechanical materials and equipment.
B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."
C. Prime and paint all metal supports per Section 09 90 00 requirements similar to “Pipes
and Mechanical Equipment”.
3.04 ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGE
A. Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and anchorage to support and anchor
HVAC materials and equipment.
B. Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to
view or will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install
fasteners without splitting wood members.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00-8
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
C. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loads.
3.05 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces
necessary for mechanical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades
involved.
B. Repair cut surfaces to match adjacent surfaces.
C. Refer to Division 01 Sections for additional requirements.
3.06 GROUTING
A. Install nonmetallic, non-shrink, grout for mechanical equipment base bearing surfaces,
pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. Mix grout according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout.
C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout.
D. Avoid air entrapment during placing of grout.
E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases.
F. Place grout on concrete bases to provide smooth bearing surface for equipment.
G. Place grout around anchors.
H. Cure placed grout according to manufacturer's written instructions.
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 05 13-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 05 13 - COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Basic Motor Requirements
2. Polyphase Motors
3. Single Phase Motors
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements
2. Division 23 Sections for application of motors and reference to specific motor
requirements for motor-driven equipment.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Publications:
1. 112 “Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators”
B. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA) Standards Publications:
1. MG 1 “Motors and Generators”
C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:
1. 70 "National Electric Code"
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
1. Product Data: Show nameplate data and ratings; characteristics; mounting
arrangements; size and location of winding termination lugs, conduit entry, and
grounding lug; and coatings.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with NFPA 70.
B. Listing and Labeling: Provide motors specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.
1. Terms "Listed and Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 BASIC MOTOR REQUIREMENTS
A. Basic requirements apply to mechanical equipment motors, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Motors 1/2 HP and Larger: Polyphase.
C. Motors Smaller than 1/2 HP: Single phase.
D. Frequency Rating: 60 Hz.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 05 13-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
E. Voltage Rating: Determined by voltage of circuit to which motor is connected.
F. Service Factor: According to NEMA MG 1, general purpose continuous duty, design type
“B.”
G. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Rated for continuous duty and sufficient to start,
accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, in indicated environment,
with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or
considering service factor.
H. Enclosure: Open drip-proof, unless otherwise indicated.
I. Efficiency: Motors shall have a higher efficiency rating than industry standard average
motor as delineated in IEEE Standard 112, Test Method 13.
2.02 POLYPHASE MOTORS
A. Description: NEMA MG 1, medium induction motor.
1. Design Characteristics: NEMA MG 1, Design B, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Energy-Efficient Design: Where indicated.
3. Stator: Copper windings, unless otherwise indicated. Multi-speed motors have
separate winding for each speed.
4. Rotor: Squirrel cage, unless otherwise indicated.
5. Bearings: Double-shielded, pre-lubricated ball bearings suitable for radial and
thrust loading.
6. Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating, unless otherwise indicated.
7. Insulation: Class F, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Motors Used with Reduced-Inrush Controllers: Match wiring connection requirements
for indicated controller, with required motor leads brought to motor terminal box to suit
control method.
C. Motors Used with Variable-Frequency Controllers: Ratings, characteristics, and features
coordinated with and approved by controller manufacturer.
1. Critical vibration frequencies are not within operating range of controller output.
2. Temperature Rise: Match rating for Class B insulation.
3. Insulation: Class H
4. Thermal Protection: Where indicated, conform to NEMA MG 1 requirements for
thermally protected motors.
D. Source Quality Control: Perform the following routine tests according to NEMA MG 1:
1. Measurement of winding resistance.
2. No-load readings of current and speed at rated voltage and frequency.
3. Locked rotor current at rated frequency.
4. High-potential test.
5. Alignment
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 05 13-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
2.03 SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS
A. Type: As indicated or selected by manufacturer from one of the following, to suit
starting torque and other requirements of specific motor application.
1. Permanent-split capacitor.
2. Split-phase start, capacitor run.
3. Capacitor start, capacitor run.
B. Shaded-Pole Motors: Do not use, unless motors are smaller than 1/20 hp.
C. Thermal Protection: Where indicated or required, internal protection automatically
opens power supply circuit to motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value
calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. Thermal protection device
automatically resets when motor temperature returns to normal range, unless otherwise
indicated.
D. Bearings: Ball-bearing type for belt-connected motors and other motors with high radial
forces on motor shaft. Sealed, pre-lubricated sleeve bearings for other single-phase
motors.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 ADJUSTING
A. Use adjustable motor mounting bases for belt-driven motors.
B. Align pulleys and install belts.
C. Tension according to manufacturer's written instructions.
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 05 29 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Hangers And Supports For HVAC System Piping And Equipment.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements
2. Section 05 50 00 (05500) - Metal Fabrications
3. Section 09 90 00 (09900) - Painting
4. Section 23 05 48 (15070) – Vibration and Seismic Control for HVAC Piping and
Equipment
1.02 REFERENCES
A. The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Publications:
1. B31.9 “Building Services Piping”
B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:
1. D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel"
C. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and
Materials)
1. A36 “Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel”
2. A780 "Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip
Galvanized Coatings"
3. C552 “Standard Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation”
4. C1107 "Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout
(Nonshrink)"
D. Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (MFMA)
E. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry. (MSS)
Publications:
1. SP-6 “Standard Finishes for Contact Faces of Pipe Flanges and Connecting-End
Flanges of Valves and Fittings”
2. SP-58 “Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design, and Manufacture”
3. SP-69 “ANSI/MSS Edition Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application”
4. SP-89 “Pipe Hangers and Supports -Fabrication and Installation Practices”
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for the Valve and Fittings Industry.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
B. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and
Supports.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
1. Product Data:
a. For each type of pipe hanger, channel support system component, and thermal-
hanger shield insert indicated.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Engineering Responsibility: Where required by the local authority having jurisdiction
design and preparation of Shop Drawings and calculations for each multiple pipe
support, trapeze, and seismic restraint by a qualified professional engineer.
1. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally
qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced
in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are
defined as those performed for installations of hangers and supports that are similar
to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Components:
a. Cooper B-Line, Inc. (618-654-2184)
b. Grinnell Mechanical Products, A Tyco International Company (800-500-4768)
c. National Pipe Hanger Corporation (609-261-5353)
2. Channel Support Systems:
a. Cooper B-Line, Inc. (618-654-2184)
b. Grinnell Mechanical Products, A Tyco International Company (800-500-4768)
c. National Pipe Hanger Corporation (609-261-5353)
3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts:
a. Carpenter & Patterson, Inc. (301.333.4631)
b. Erico (Michigan Hanger) (440-248-0100)
c. PHS Industries, Inc. (800-626-2336)
4. Powder-Actuated and Mechanical Anchor Fastener Systems:
a. Gunnebo Fastening Corp. (800-336-1640)
b. Hilti, Inc.(800-879-8000)
c. ITW Ramset/Red Head (800-899-7890)
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
2.02 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Components:
1. MSS SP-58, factory-fabricated components. Refer to "Hanger and Support
Applications" Article in Part 3 for where to use specific hanger and support types.
a. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: For piping and equipment that will not have
field-applied finish.
b. Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where
attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing.
B. Channel Support Systems:
1. MFMA-2, Factory-fabricated components for field assembly.
2. Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish.
3. Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments
are in direct contact with copper tubing.
C. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts:
1. 100-psi minimum compressive-strength insulation, encased in sheet metal shield.
2. Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C552, Type I cellular glass.
3. Material for Hot Piping: ASTM C552, Type I cellular glass.
4. For Trapeze or Clamped System: Insert and shield cover entire circumference of
pipe.
5. For Clevis or Band Hanger: Insert and shield cover lower 180 degrees of pipe.
6. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below
ambient air temperature.
2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Powder-Actuated Drive-Pin Fasteners: Powder-actuated-type, drive-pin attachments
with pull-out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building
materials where used.
B. Mechanical-Anchor Fasteners: Insert-type attachments with pull-out and shear
capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.
C. Structural Steel: ASTM A36, steel plates, shapes, and bars, black and galvanized.
D. Grout: ASTM C1107, Grade B, factory-mixed and -packaged, non-shrink and nonmetallic,
dry, hydraulic-cement grout.
1. Characteristics: Post hardening and volume adjusting; recommended for both
interior and exterior applications.
2. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous.
3. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29-4
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS
A. General:
1. Specific hanger requirements are specified in Sections specifying equipment and
systems.
2. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not
specified in piping system Specification Sections.
B. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as
specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types:
1. Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or
insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30.
2. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes, NPS 1/2 to
NPS 24 if little or no insulation is required.
3. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 4 to allow off-
center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection.
4. Adjustable Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated
stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8.
5. Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated stationary
pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8.
6. Adjustable Swivel-Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of
noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 2.
7. Split Pipe-Ring with or without Turnbuckle-Adjustment Hangers (MSS ype 11): For
suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 8.
8. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion-type support for
pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 if vertical adjustment is required, with steel pipe base
stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange.
C. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping
system Specification Sections, install the following types:
1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to
NPS 20 (DN20 to DN500).
D. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping
system Specification Sections, install the following types:
1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads.
E. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping
system Specification Sections, install the following types:
1. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist
construction to attach to top flange of structural shape.
2. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of
beams, channels, or angles.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29-5
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
3. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads
are considerable and rod sizes are large.
4. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes.
5. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from
above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads:
a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb.
b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb.
F. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Specification Sections, install the following types:
1. Steel Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with
insulation that matches adjoining insulation.
2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended by manufacturer to
prevent crushing insulation.
3.02 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Pipe Hanger and Support Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install
hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from
building structure.
B. Channel Support System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and
support together on field-assembled channel systems.
1. Field assemble and install according to manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Install building attachments to structural steel. Space attachments within maximum
piping span length indicated in MSS SP-69. Install additional attachments at
concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, and expansion joints, and
at changes in direction of piping.
D. Install powder-actuated drive-pin fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and
completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool
manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's
operating manual.
E. Install mechanical-anchor fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely
cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.
F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers,
and other accessories.
G. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of
piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate
action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units.
H. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and
stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.
I. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so
maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," is not
exceeded.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29-6
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
J. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following:
1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping.
a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through
insulation.
b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield
insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert.
c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.9.
2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39 protection saddles, if insulation without vapor barrier is
indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.
3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40 protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier.
Shields shall span arc of 180 degrees.
4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following:
a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN8 to DN90): 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick.
b. NPS 4 (DN100): 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.
5. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield.
3.03 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS
A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure above or to
support equipment above floor.
B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface.
C. Prime and Paint Equipment Supports as specified in Section 09 90 00 “Painting”.
3.04 METAL FABRICATION
A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for heavy-duty steel trapezes and
equipment supports.
B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field-weld connections that
cannot be shop-welded because of shipping size limitations.
C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding,
appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with
the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and
contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.
3.05 ADJUSTING
A. Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments to level
equipment and to achieve indicated slope of pipe.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29-7
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
3.06 PAINTING
A. Touching Up: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and
abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Section 09 90 00
“Painting”.
B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply
galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A780.
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 05 48 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Vibration Isolators.
2. Seismic Controls.
3. Vibration Isolation Bases.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements
2. Section 03 30 00 (03300) - Cast-In-Place Concrete
3. Section 04 20 00 (04200) - Unit Masonry
4. Section 05 12 00 (05120) - Structural Steel
5. Section 06 10 01 (06100) - Rough Carpentry
6. Section 09 90 00 (09900) - Painting
7. Section 23 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for HVAC
8. Section 23 05 29 (15060) - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment:
for pipe hanger restraints.
9. Section 23 31 13 (15815) - Metal Ducts: for flexible duct connectors.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and
Materials)
1. A36 “Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel”
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
1. Product Data: Indicate types, styles, materials, and finishes for each type of isolator
specified. Include load deflection curves.
2. Shop Drawings: Show designs and calculations, certified by a professional engineer,
as required by the local authority, for the following:
a. Design Calculations: Calculations for selection of vibration isolators, design of
vibration isolation bases, and selection of seismic restraints.
b. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and
attachments to the structure and to the supported equipment. Include auxiliary
motor slides and rails, and base weights.
c. Seismic Restraint Details: Detail fabrication and attachment of restraints and
snubbers.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Project seismic zone is 4 with a zone factor of 0.40.
B. Building Importance Factor: 1.5.
1.05 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of vibration isolation and seismic-restraint devices
with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light
fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression-system components, and partition
assemblies.
B. Coordinate size and location of concrete housekeeping and vibration isolation bases.
Cast anchor-bolt inserts into base. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements
are specified in Division 03 Sections.
C. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. These
items are specified in Division 07 Sections.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Cooper B-Line Systems, Inc. (800-851-7415)
2. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. (877-457-2695)
3. Mason Industries, Inc. (631-348-0282)
2.02 VIBRATION ISOLATORS
A. Isolator Pads: Oil and water resistant and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of
the equipment supported.
1. Rubber Isolator Pads: Elastomer (neoprene or silicone) arranged in single or
multiple layers and molded with a nonslip pattern and steel baseplates of sufficient
stiffness to provide uniform loading over the pad area.
2. Load Range: From 10 to 50 psig and a deflection not less than 0.08 inch per 1 inch
of thickness. Do not exceed a loading of 50 psig.
B. Rubber Isolator Mounts: Double-deflection type, with molded, oil-resistant rubber or
neoprene isolator elements, with encapsulated top- and baseplates. Factory-drilled and
tapped top plate for bolted equipment mounting. Factory-drilled baseplate for bolted
connection to structure. Color-code to indicate capacity range.
C. Spring Isolators: Freestanding, laterally stable, open-spring-type isolators.
1. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
2. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
3. Lateral Stiffness: More than 1.2 times the rated vertical stiffness.
4. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
5. Baseplates: Factory drilled for bolting to structure and bonded to a 1/4-inch- thick,
rubber isolator pad attached to the baseplate underside. Size baseplates to limit
floor loading to 100 psig.
6. Top Plates: Provide threaded studs for fastening and leveling equipment.
7. Finishes: Manufacturer's standard corrosive-resistant finish.
D. Restrained Spring Isolators: Vertically restrained, freestanding, laterally stable, steel
open-spring-type isolators.
1. Housing: Welded steel with resilient vertical limit stops to prevent spring extension
due to wind loads or when weight is removed. Factory-drilled baseplate for bolting
to structure and bonded to a 1/4-inch thick, rubber isolator pad attached to the
baseplate underside. Provide adjustable equipment mounting and leveling bolt.
2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 0.8 times the rated vertical stiffness.
5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
6. Finishes: Baked enamel for metal components on isolators for interior use. Hot-dip
galvanized for metal components on isolators for exterior use.
E. Rubber Hangers: Double-deflection type, with molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene
isolator elements bonded to formed-steel housings with threaded connections for
hanger rods. Color-code to indicate capacity range.
F. Spring Hangers: Combination spring and elastomeric hanger with coil spring and
elastomeric insert in compression.
1. Frame: Formed steel, fabricated for connection to threaded rods and to allow for 30
degrees of angular hanger rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation
efficiency.
2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
4. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene.
5. Finishes: Baked enamel for metal components. Color-code to indicate capacity
range.
2.03 SEISMIC CONTROLS
A. Thrust Restraints: Combination spring and elastomeric restraints with coil spring and
elastomeric insert in compression. Factory set for thrust.
1. Frame: Formed steel, fabricated for connection to threaded rods and to allow for 30
degrees of angular hanger rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation
efficiency.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48-4
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
4. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene.
5. Finishes: Baked enamel for metal components. Color-code to indicate capacity
range.
B. Manufactured Seismic Snubbers: All-directional, double-acting snubbers.
1. Construction: Interlocking steel members restrained by a 3/4-inch thick,
replaceable, shock-absorbing neoprene insert. Maintain 1/8-inch clearance in all
directions between rigid and resilient surfaces.
C. Fabricated Seismic Snubbers: Welded structural-steel shapes designed and fabricated to
restrain equipment or vibration isolation bases from excessive movement during a
seismic event. Design to resist gravity forces identified by authorities having
jurisdiction.
1. Construction: Welded steel shapes conforming to ASTM A36.
2. Resilient Components: 3/4-inch thick, replaceable, shock-absorbing neoprene
insert.
2.04 VIBRATION ISOLATION BASES
A. Fabricated Steel Bases: Structural-steel bases and rails designed and fabricated by the
isolation equipment manufacturer. Include equipment static loadings, power
transmission, component misalignment, and cantilever loadings.
1. Fabricate bases to shapes required, with welded structural-steel shapes, plates, and
bars conforming to ASTM A36. Include support brackets to anchor base to isolation
units. Include prelocated equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor slide bases or
rails.
2. Design and fabricate bases to result in the lowest possible mounting height with not
less than 1-inch clearance above the floor.
3. Weld steel angles on frame for outrigger isolation mountings, and provide for
anchor bolts and equipment support.
4. Factory Finish: Manufacturer's standard corrosive-resistant finish.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install and anchor vibration-, sound-, and seismic-control products according to
manufacturer's written instructions and authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Anchor interior mounts, isolators, hangers, and snubbers to vibration isolation bases.
Bolt isolator baseplates to structural floors as required by authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Anchor exterior mounts, isolators, hangers, and snubbers to vibration isolation bases.
Bolt isolator baseplates to structural supports as required by authorities having
jurisdiction.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48-5
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
D. Install pipe connectors at connections for equipment supported on vibration isolators.
3.02 SEISMIC CONTROL
A. Snubbers: Install the required number of seismic snubbers on each spring-mounted
piece of equipment. Locate snubbers as close as possible to the vibration isolators and
bolt to supporting structure.
3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Adjust limit stops on restrained spring isolators to mount equipment at normal
operating height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are
out of contact during normal operations.
B. Adjust thrust restraints for a maximum of 1/4 inch of movement at start and stop
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Identifying Devices and Labels
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements
2. Section 23 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for HVAC
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and
Materials)
1. C1036 “Standard Specification for Flat Glass”
B. The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Publications:
1. A13.1 “Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems”
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
1. Product Data: For identification materials and devices.
2. Samples: Of color, lettering style, and graphic representation required for each
identification material and device.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with ASME A13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems" for lettering
size, length of color field, colors, and viewing angles of identification devices.
1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of
surfaces where devices are to be applied.
B. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. General: Products specified are for applications referenced in other Division 23 Sections.
If more than single type is specified for listed applications, selection is Installer's option.
B. Pipes Including Insulation: Full-band pipe markers, extending 360 degrees around pipe
at each location.
2.02 IDENTIFYING DEVICES AND LABELS
A. Lettering: Manufacturer's standard preprinted captions as selected by Owner's
Representative.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
B. Lettering: Use piping system terms indicated and abbreviate only as necessary for each
application length.
1. Arrows: Either integrally with piping system service lettering, to accommodate
both directions, or as separate unit, on each pipe marker to indicate direction of
flow.
C. Plastic Duct Markers: Manufacturer's standard laminated plastic, in the following color
codes:
1. Green: Cold-air supply.
2. Yellow: Hot-air supply.
3. Blue: Exhaust, outside, return, and mixed air.
4. Terminology: Include direction of airflow; duct service such as supply, return, and
exhaust; duct origin, duct destination, and design flow.
D. Plastic Tape: Manufacturer's standard color-coded, pressure-sensitive, self-adhesive,
vinyl tape, at least 3 mils thick.
1. Width: 1-1/2 inches on pipes with OD, including insulation, less than 6 inches; 2-
1/2 inches for larger pipes.
2. Color: Comply with ASME A13.1, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system abbreviation
and 1/2-inch sequenced numbers. Include 5/32-inch hole for fastener.
1. Material: 0.032-inch thick, polished brass.
2. Size: 1-1/2-inches diameter, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Valve Tag Fasteners: Brass, wire-link chain and S-hooks.
G. Access Panel Markers: 1/16-inch thick, engraved plastic-laminate markers, with
abbreviated terms and numbers corresponding to concealed valve. Provide 1/8-inch
center hole for attachment.
H. Valve Schedule Frames: Glazed display frame for removable mounting on masonry walls
for each page of valve schedule. Include screws.
1. Frame: Extruded aluminum.
2. Glazing: ASTM C1036, Type I, Class 1, Glazing quality B, 2.5-mm, single-thickness
glass.
I. Lettering and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, and other designations used
in mechanical identification with corresponding designations indicated. Use numbers,
letters, and terms indicated for proper identification, operation, and maintenance of
mechanical systems and equipment.
1. Multiple Systems: Identify individual system number and service if multiple
systems of same name are indicated.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING PIPING SYSTEMS
A. Install pipe markers on each system as indicated below. Include arrows showing normal
direction of flow.
1. Condenser Water Supply
2. Condenser Water Return
B. Marker Type: Plastic markers, with application systems. Install on pipe insulation
segment where required for hot, noninsulated pipes.
C. Fasten markers on pipes and insulated pipes by one of following methods:
1. Snap-on application of pretensioned, semirigid plastic pipe marker.
D. Locate pipe markers where piping is exposed in machine rooms; accessible maintenance
spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior nonconcealed locations
according to the following:
1. Near each valve and control device.
2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal
units. Mark each pipe at branch, where flow pattern is not obvious.
3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, or nonaccessible enclosures.
4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed
piping.
5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
6. Spaced at a maximum of 50-foot intervals along each run. Reduce intervals to 25
feet in areas of congested piping and equipment.
7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings, except omit intermediately spaced
markers.
3.02 VALVE TAGS
A. Install on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves, valves
within factory-fabricated equipment units, plumbing fixture supply stops, shutoff valves,
faucets, convenience and lawn-watering hose connections, and HVAC terminal devices
and similar roughing-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in
valve schedule.
B. Valve Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, color scheme, and
with captions similar to those indicated in the following:
1. Condenser Water
C. Tag Material: Brass.
D. Tag Size and Shape: According to the following:
1. Cold Water: 1-1/2 inches round.
2. Hot Water: 1-1/2 inches round.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53-4
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
3. Gas: 1-1/2 inches round.
E. Install framed valve schedule in each major mechanical equipment room.
F. Valve schedule and tag locations shall be shown on record drawings.
3.03 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING DUCT SYSTEMS.
A. Duct Systems: Identify air supply, return, exhaust, intake, and relief ducts with duct
markers; or provide stenciled signs and arrows showing service and direction of flow.
1. Location: Locate signs near points where ducts enter into concealed spaces and at
maximum intervals of 50 feet in each space where ducts are exposed or concealed
by removable ceiling system.
3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Relocate HVAC identification materials and devices that have become visually blocked by
work of this or other Divisions.
B. Clean faces of identification devices and glass frames of valve charts
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 05 93 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Balancing airflow within distribution systems, including sub-mains, branches, and
terminals, to indicated quantities according to specified tolerances.
2. Adjusting total HVAC systems to provide indicated quantities.
3. Measuring electrical performance of HVAC and plumbing equipment.
4. Setting quantitative performance of HVAC and plumbing equipment.
5. Verifying that automatic control devices are functioning properly.
6. Reporting results of the activities and procedures specified in this Section.
7. Adjustment of recirculating domestic hot water return system.
8. Verify performance of package terminal air conditioning units.
B. Related Sections:
1. Testing and adjusting requirements unique to particular systems and equipment are
included in the Sections that specify those systems and equipment.
2. Field quality-control testing to verify that workmanship quality for system and
equipment installation is specified in system and equipment Sections.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC): "National Standards for Testing, Adjusting and
Balancing"
B. Air Movement & Control Association International, Inc. (AMCA): 201, "Fans and Systems
C. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB): “Procedural Standards for Testing,
Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems”
D. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA): "HVAC
Systems--Duct Design"
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Adjust: To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as to
reduce fan speed or adjust a damper.
B. Balance: To proportion flows within the distribution system, including sub-mains,
branches, and terminals, according to design quantities.
C. Draft: A current of air, when referring to localized effect caused by one or more factors
of high air velocity, low ambient temperature, or direction of airflow, whereby more heat
is withdrawn from a person's skin than is normally dissipated.
D. Procedure: An approach to and execution of a sequence of work operations to yield
repeatable results.
E. Report Forms: Test data sheets for recording test data in logical order.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
F. Static Head: The pressure due to the weight of the fluid above the point of measurement.
In a closed system, static head is equal on both sides of the pump.
G. Suction Head: The height of fluid surface above the centerline of the pump on the
suction side.
H. System Effect: A phenomenon that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that
cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system.
I. System Effect Factors: Allowances used to calculate a reduction of the performance
ratings of a fan when installed under conditions different from those presented when the
fan was performance tested.
J. Terminal: A point where the controlled medium, such as fluid or energy, enters or leaves
the distribution system.
K. Test: A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment.
L. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agent: The entity responsible for performing and
reporting the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
B. Quality-Assurance Submittals: Within 30 days from the Contractor's Notice to Proceed,
submit 2 copies of evidence that the testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent and this
Project's testing, adjusting, and balancing team members meet the qualifications
specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article below.
C. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 45 days from the Contractor’s Notice
to Proceed, submit 2 copies of the Contract Documents Review Report as specified in
Part 3 of this Section.
D. Submittals Examination Report: Prior to the start of duct or piping fabrication, submit 2
copies of the Submitted Examination Report as specified in Part 3 of this Section.
E. Certified Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Submit 2 copies of reports prepared,
as specified in this Section, on approved forms certified by the testing, adjusting, and
balancing Agent.
F. LEED Submittals:
1. Prerequisite EQp1: Minimum IAQ Performance
a. Documentation indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in
ANSI/ ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 62.1-2004, Section 7.2.2, "Air Balancing”
including the following:
1) Air Balance Report.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Agent Qualifications: Engage a testing, adjusting, and balancing agent certified by either
AABC or NEBB.
B. Certification of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Certify the testing, adjusting,
and balancing field data reports. This certification includes the following:
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified
testing, adjusting, and balancing reports.
2. Certify that the testing, adjusting, and balancing team complied with the approved
testing, adjusting, and balancing plan and the procedures specified and referenced
in this Specification.
C. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Use testing, adjusting, and balancing standard
forms from AABC’s “National Standards for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing” or NEBB's
“Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems”.
D. Instrumentation Calibration: Calibrate instruments at least every 6 months or more
frequently if required by the instrument manufacturer.
E. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Conference: Meet with the Owner’s representatives
and Commissioning Authority on approval of the testing, adjusting, and balancing
strategies and procedures plan to develop a mutual understanding of the details. Ensure
the participation of testing, adjusting, and balancing team members, equipment
manufacturers’ authorized service representatives, HVAC controls Installer, and other
support personnel. Provide 7 days advance notice of scheduled meeting time and
location. As a minimum include the following agenda items:
1. Submittal distribution requirements.
2. Contract Documents examination report.
3. Testing, adjusting, and balancing plan.
4. Work schedule and Project site access requirements.
5. Coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors.
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the efforts of factory-authorized service representatives for systems and
equipment, HVAC controls installers, [Commissioning Authority,] and other mechanics to
operate HVAC systems and equipment to support and assist testing, adjusting, and
balancing activities.
B. Notice: Provide 7 days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and
times.
C. Perform testing, adjusting, and balancing after leakage and pressure tests on air and
water distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine Contract Documents to discover conditions in systems' designs that may
preclude proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment and submit
“Contract Documents Examination Report”.
1. Contract Documents are defined in the General and Supplementary Conditions of
the Contract.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-4
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
2. Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells,
flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are
required by the Contract Documents. Verify that quantities and locations of these
balancing devices are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for
efficient system and equipment operation.
3. Examine Engineer’s design data, including HVAC and Plumbing system descriptions,
statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems’
output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC and Plumbing
systems and equipment controls.
B. Examine approved submittal data of HVAC and Plumbing systems and equipment
including sheet metal duct fabrication and plumbing piping shop drawings to ensure that
the distribution system is reasonably complete and sufficiently designed to accurately
balance the complete building. Submit “Submitting Examination Report”.
1. Examine equipment performance data, including fan and pump curves. Relate
performance data to project conditions and requirements, including system effects
that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in
all or part of a system. Calculate system effect factors to reduce the performance
ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from those
presented when the equipment was performance tested at the factory. To calculate
system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and
Systems," Sections 07 through 10; or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems--Duct Design,"
Sections 05 and 06. Compare this data with the design data and installed conditions.
C. Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that
testing, cleaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified in individual Specification
Sections have been performed.
1. Examine HVAC and Plumbing systems and equipment installations to verify that
indicated balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-
control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are
properly installed, and their locations are accessible and appropriate for effective
balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation.
2. Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting
and balancing.
3. Examine air-handling equipment to ensure clean filters have been installed,
bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning
controls is ready for operation.
4. Examine terminal units to verify that they are accessible and their controls are
connected and functioning.
5. Examine plenum ceilings, utilized for return air, to verify that they are airtight.
Verify that pipe penetrations and other holes are sealed.
6. Examine heat-transfer coils for clean and straight fins.
7. Examine equipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks and
controls.
8. Examine automatic temperature system components to verify the following:
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-5
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
a. Dampers, and other controlled devices operate by the intended controller.
b. Dampers are in the position indicated by the controller.
c. Integrity dampers for free and full operation and for tightness of fully closed
and fully open positions. This includes dampers in variable-air-volume
terminals.
d. Thermostats are located to avoid adverse effects of sunlight, drafts, and cold
walls.
e. Sensors are located to sense only the intended conditions.
f. Sequence of operation for control modes is according to the Contract
Documents.
g. Controller set points are set at design values. Observe and record system
reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from
design values.
h. Interlocked systems are operating.
i. Changeover from heating to cooling mode occurs according to design values.
D. Examine project record documents described in Section 01 78 39 (01785) - “Project
Record Documents”.
E. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of testing, adjusting, and
balancing procedures.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Prepare a testing, adjusting, and balancing plan that includes strategies and step-by-step
procedures.
B. Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify the
following:
1. Permanent electrical power wiring is complete.
2. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational.
3. Equipment and duct access doors are properly located, sized, and securely closed.
4. Verify that smoke and fire dampers are open.
5. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational.
6. Access to balancing devices is provided.
7. Windows and doors can be closed so design conditions for system operations can be
met.
3.03 GENERAL TESTING AND BALANCING PROCEDURES
A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures
contained in AABC national standards and this Section; or in NEBB's "Procedural
Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems" and this
Section.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-6
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
B. Mark equipment settings with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material,
including damper-control positions, balancing, valve indicators, fan-speed-control levers,
and similar controls and devices, to show final settings.
C. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the
minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. After testing
and balancing, close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials identical to
those removed. Restore vapor barrier and finish according to the insulation
Specifications for this Project. Plastic plugs with retainers may be used to patch drilled
holes in ductwork and housings.
3.04 FUNDAMENTAL AIR SYSTEMS' BALANCING PROCEDURES
A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and
recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet
volumes with required fan volumes.
B. Prepare schematic single line diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts and domestic
hot water distribution.
C. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct airflow
measurements.
D. Check the airflow patterns from the outside-air louvers and dampers and the return- and
exhaust-air dampers, through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers.
E. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters.
F. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection.
G. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path.
H. Check for airflow blockages.
I. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning.
J. Check for proper sealing of air-handling unit components.
3.05 CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS' BALANCING PROCEDURES
A. The procedures in this Article apply to constant-volume supply-, return-, and exhaust-air
systems.
B. Adjust fans to deliver total design airflows within the maximum allowable rpm listed by
the fan manufacturer.
1. Measure fan static pressures to determine actual static pressure as follows:
a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practicable
and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions.
b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible
connection.
c. Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan
as possible, upstream from flexible connection and downstream from duct
restrictions.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-7
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
d. Measure inlet static pressure of double-inlet fans through the wall of the
plenum that houses the fan.
2. Measure static pressure across each air-handling unit component.
a. Simulate dirty filter operation and record the point at which maintenance
personnel must change filters.
3. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices such as sound traps,
heat recovery equipment, and air washers under final balanced conditions.
4. Compare design data with installed conditions to determine variations in design
static pressures versus actual static pressures. Compare actual system effect factors
with calculated system effect factors to identify where variations occur.
Recommend corrective action to align design and actual conditions.
5. Adjust fan speed higher or lower than design with the approval of the Owner’s
Representative. Make required adjustments to pulley sizes, motor sizes, and
electrical connections to accommodate fan-speed changes.
6. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult
equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and
measure fan-motor amperage to ensure no overload will occur. Measure amperage
in full cooling, full heating, and economizer modes to determine the maximum
required brake horsepower.
C. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, sub-main ducts, and major branch ducts to design
airflows within specified tolerances.
1. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper and
adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved.
a. Where sufficient space in sub-mains and branch ducts is unavailable for Pilot-
tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and
calculate the total airflow for that zone.
2. Re-measure each sub-main and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue
to adjust sub-mains and branch ducts to design airflows within specified tolerances.
D. Measure terminal outlets and inlets without making adjustments.
1. Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or the outlet manufacturer's
written instructions and calculating factors.
E. Adjust terminal outlets and inlets for each space to design airflows within specified
tolerances of design values. Make adjustments using volume dampers rather than
extractors and the dampers at the air terminals.
1. Adjust each outlet in the same room or space to within specified tolerances of design
quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the
Contract Documents.
2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts.
3.06 MOTORS
A. Motors: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data:
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-8
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1. Manufacturer, model, and serial numbers.
2. Motor horsepower rating.
3. Motor RPM.
4. Efficiency rating if high-efficiency motor.
5. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase.
6. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase.
7. Starter thermal-protection-element rating.
3.07 CONDENSING UNITS
A. Verify proper rotation of fans and measure entering- and leaving-air temperatures.
Record compressor data.
3.08 HEAT-TRANSFER COILS
A. Electric-Heating Coils: Measure the following data for each coil:
1. Nameplate data.
2. Airflow.
3. Entering- and leaving-air temperatures at full load.
4. Voltage and amperage input of each phase at full load and at each incremental stage.
5. Calculated kW at full load.
6. Fuse or circuit-breaker rating for overload protection.
3.09 TEMPERATURE TESTING
A. During testing, adjusting, and balancing, report need for adjustment in temperature
regulation within the automatic temperature-control system.
B. Measure indoor and outdoor wet- and dry-bulb temperatures every other hour for a
period of 2 successive 8-hour days, in each separately controlled zone, to prove
correctness of final temperature settings. Measure when the building or zone is
occupied.
3.10 TEMPERATURE-CONTROL VERIFICATION
A. Verify that controllers are calibrated and commissioned.
B. Check transmitter and controller locations and note conditions that would adversely
affect control functions.
C. Record controller settings and note variances between set points and actual
measurements.
D. Verify operation of limiting controllers (i.e., high- and low-temperature controllers).
E. Verify free travel and proper operation of control devices such as damper and valve
operators.
F. Confirm interaction of electrically operated switch transducers.
G. Confirm interaction of interlock and lockout systems.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-9
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
H. Verify main control supply-air pressure and observe compressor and dryer operations.
I. Record voltages of power supply and controller output. Determine if the system
operates on a grounded or non-grounded power supply.
J. Note operation of electric actuators using spring return for proper fail-safe operations.
3.11 TOLERANCES
A. Set HVAC system airflow rates within the following tolerances:
1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans: Plus 5 to plus 10 percent.
2. Air Outlets and Inlets: 0 to minus 10 percent.
B. Set plumbing system water flow rates within the following tolerances:
1. Domestic Hot Water Recirculation Flow Rate: 0 to minus 10 percent.
3.12 FINAL REPORT
A. General: Typewritten, or computer printout in letter-quality font, on standard bond
paper, in 3-ring binder, tabulated and divided into sections by tested and balanced
systems.
B. Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified testing
and balancing engineer.
1. Include a list of the instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration.
C. Final Report Contents: In addition to the certified field report data, include the
following:
1. Pump curves.
2. Fan curves.
3. Manufacturers' test data.
4. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers.
5. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include approved
Shop Drawings and Product Data.
D. General Report Data: In addition to the form titles and entries, include the following data
in the final report, as applicable:
1. Title page.
2. Name and address of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent.
3. Project name.
4. Project location.
5. Owner’s name and address.
6. Engineer's name and address.
7. Contractor's name and address.
8. Report date.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-10
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
9. Signature of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent who certifies the report.
10. Summary of contents, including the following:
a. Design versus final performance.
b. Notable characteristics of systems.
c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract
Documents.
11. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment.
12. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer, type size, and fittings.
13. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from design
values.
14. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms, including the following:
a. Settings for outside-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers.
b. Conditions of filters.
c. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions.
d. Other system operating conditions that affect performance.
E. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air distribution systems and domestic
hot water distribution systems. Present with single-line diagrams and include the
following:
1. Quantities of outside, supply, return, and exhaust airflows.
2. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes.
3. Location of manual volume control dampers.
4. Water flow meter.
5. Balancing valve sizes/locations.
F. Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following:
1. Fan Data: Include the following:
a. System identification.
b. Location.
c. Make and type.
d. Model number and size.
e. Manufacturer's serial number.
f. Arrangement and class.
g. Sheave make, size in inches and bore.
h. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches.
2. Motor Data: Include the following:
a. Make and frame type and size.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-11
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
b. Horsepower and rpm.
c. Volts, phase, and hertz.
d. Full-load amperage and service factor.
e. Sheave make, size in inches and bore.
f. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches
(mm).
g. Number of belts, make, and size.
3. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following:
a. Total airflow rate in cfm.
b. Total system static pressure in inches wg.
c. Fan rpm.
d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg.
e. Suction static pressure in inches wg
G. Air Handling Test Reports.
H. Gas-Fired Heat Apparatus Test Reports; i.e., unit heaters, duct furnaces, domestic water
heaters.
I. Electric Coil Test Reports; i.e., electric baseboards, electric unit heaters, electric cabinet
heaters.
J. Duct Traverse Reports.
K. Air Terminal Device Reports; i.e., diffusers/registers/grilles.
L. Plumbing Pump Test Reports including recirculating hot water and sump pumps.
M. Instrument Calibration Reports.
3.13 ADDITIONAL TESTS
A. Within 90 days of completing testing, adjusting, and balancing, perform additional
testing and balancing to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout
and to correct unusual conditions.
B. Seasonal Periods: If initial testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures were not
performed during near-peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional
inspections, testing, and adjusting during near-peak summer and winter conditions.
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 07 00 - HVAC INSULATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Insulation Materials
2. Jackets
3. Accessories and Attachments
4. Vapor Retarders
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements
2. Section 07 84 00 (07840) - Firestopping: Firestopping materials and requirements
for penetrations through fire and smoke barriers.
3. Section 22 07 00 (15083) - Plumbing Insulation
4. Section 23 31 13 (15815) - Metal Ducts: For duct liner.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and
Materials)
1. A666 “Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless
Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar”
2. C533 “Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal
Insulation”
3. C534 “Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal
Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form”
4. C612 “Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation”
5. C921 “Standard Practice for Determining the Properties of Jacketing Materials for
Thermal Insulation”
6. C1126 “Standard Specification for Faced or Unfaced Rigid Cellular Phenolic Thermal
Insulation”
7. E84 "Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building
Materials"
B. Military Specifications:
1. MIL-C-20079H “Cloth, Glass; Tape, Textile Glass and Thread, Glass and Wire-
Reinforced Glass”
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1. Product Data:
a. Identify thermal conductivity, thickness, and jackets (both factory and field
applied) for each type of product indicated.
2. Shop Drawings:
a. Submit manufacturer’s data for each type of insulation used.
B. LEED Submittals:
1. Credit MRc4.1 and 4.2: Recycled Content:
a. List of proposed materials with recycled content.
b. Product Data or other documentation for each product/material highlighting
recycled content information.
c. Complete the LEED Materials Submittal Form as provided in Section 01 33 00
“Submittal and Substitution Procedures, for products in this Section.
2. Credit EQc4.1: Low-Emitting Materials: VOC Data for Adhesives:
a. Product Data or other documentation for each product/material highlighting
VOC content information.
1) Refer to VOC limit tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality
Requirements” for VOC limits for adhesive and sealant products in this
Section.
b. Complete the LEED VOC Submittal Form as provided in Section 01 33 00
“Submittal and Substitution Procedures, for products in this Section.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an
apprenticeship program or similar industry recognized craft training program.
B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing materials identical to
those specified in this Section according to ASTM E84, by a testing and inspecting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket
materials and sealer and cement material containers with appropriate markings of
applicable testing and inspecting agency.
1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread rating of 25 or less, and smoke-
developed rating of 50 or less.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packaging: Ship insulation materials in containers marked by manufacturer with
appropriate ASTM specification designation, type and grade, and maximum use
temperature.
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate clearance requirements with duct Installer for insulation application.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1.07 SCHEDULING
A. Schedule insulation application after testing duct systems. Insulation application may
begin on segments of ducts that have satisfactory test results.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Mineral-Fiber Insulation:
a. CertainTeed Corp. (610-647-3011)
b. Knauf Insulation. (800-825-4434)
c. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp. (800-447-3759)
2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation:
a. CertainTeed Corp. (610-647-3011)
b. Knauf Insulation. (800-825-4434)
c. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp. (800-447-3759)
3. Closed-Cell Phenolic-Foam Insulation:
a. "Kooltherm Pipe Insulation"; Kingspan Insulation Ltd. (904-486-0553).
4. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation:
a. Armstrong World Industries (800-448-1405)
b. Rubatex International LLC (800-782-2839)
2.02 INSULATION MATERIALS
A. General:
1. Provide insulating materials with post-consumer recycled content constituting a
minimum of 10 percent of cost of materials used for project or post-consumer
recycled content plus one-half of pre-consumer recycled content constituting a
minimum of 20 percent of cost of materials used for project.
B. Mineral-Fiber Board Thermal Insulation:
1. Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C612, Type IB,
without facing and with all-service jacket manufactured from kraft paper,
reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film.
C. Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation:
1. Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C553, Type II,
without facing and with all-service jacket manufactured from kraft paper,
reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film.
D. Closed-Cell Phenolic-Foam Insulation:
1. Block insulation of rigid, expanded, closed-cell structure. Comply with ASTM C1126,
Type II, Grade 1.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-4
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
E. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation:
1. Closed-cell, sponge or expanded-rubber materials.
2. Comply with ASTM C534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet
materials
a. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation manufacturer.
b. Ultraviolet Protective Coating: As recommended by insulation manufacturer.
2.03 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS
A. General: ASTM C921, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Foil and Paper Jacket: Laminated, glass-fiber-reinforced, flame-retardant kraft paper
and aluminum foil.
2.04 ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS
A. Glass Cloth and Tape: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I for cloth and Type II for tape.
Woven glass-fiber fabrics, plain weave, presized a minimum of 8 oz./sq. yd.
1. Tape Width: 4 inches.
B. Bands: 3/4 inch wide, in one of the following materials compatible with jacket:
1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A666, Type 304; 0.020 inch thick.
2. Galvanized Steel: 0.005 inch thick.
3. Aluminum: 0.007 inch thick.
4. Brass: 0.010 inch thick.
5. Nickel-Copper Alloy: 0.005 inch thick.
C. Wire: 0.080-inch, nickel-copper alloy; 0.062-inch, soft-annealed, stainless steel; or
0.062-inch, soft-annealed, galvanized steel.
D. Weld-Attached Anchor Pins and Washers: Copper-coated steel pin for capacitor-
discharge welding and galvanized speed washer. Pin length sufficient for insulation
thickness indicated.
1. Welded Pin Holding Capacity: 100 lb for direct pull perpendicular to the attached
surface.
E. Adhesive-Attached Anchor Pins and Speed Washers: Galvanized steel plate, pin, and
washer manufactured for attachment to duct and plenum with adhesive. Pin length
sufficient for insulation thickness indicated.
1. Adhesive: Recommended by the anchor pin manufacturer as appropriate for
surface temperatures of ducts, plenums, and breechings; and to achieve a holding
capacity of 100 lb for direct pull perpendicular to the adhered surface.
2. Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less when calculated according
to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), or as listed in VOC limit tables in Section
01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality Requirements”. Products furnished shall comply with
whichever VOC content requirement is more stringent.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-5
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
F. Self-Adhesive Anchor Pins and Speed Washers: Galvanized steel plate, pin, and washer
manufactured for attachment to duct and plenum with adhesive. Pin length sufficient for
insulation thickness indicated.
2.05 VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Mastics: Materials recommended by insulation material manufacturer that are
compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation
and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials
that will adversely affect insulation application.
3.03 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Apply insulation materials, accessories, and finishes according to the manufacturer's
written instructions; with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; and free of voids
throughout the length of ducts and fittings.
B. Refer to schedules on the mechanical plans for materials, forms, jackets, and thicknesses
required for each duct system.
C. Use accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Use
accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either
wet or dry state.
D. Apply multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
E. Seal joints and seams with vapor-retarder mastic on insulation indicated to receive a
vapor retarder.
F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
G. Apply insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints
with adhesive recommended by the insulation material manufacturer.
H. Apply insulation with the least number of joints practical.
I. Apply insulation over fittings and specialties, with continuous thermal and vapor-
retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated.
J. Hangers and Anchors: Where vapor retarder is indicated, seal penetrations in insulation
at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-retarder mastic. Apply
insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
K. Insulation Terminations: For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated,
seal ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer to
maintain vapor retarder.
L. Apply insulation with integral jackets as follows:
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-6
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1. Pull jacket tight and smooth.
2. Joints and Seams: Cover with tape and vapor retarder as recommended by
insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal.
3. Vapor-Retarder Mastics: Where vapor retarders are indicated, apply mastic on
seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct flanges and fittings.
M. Cut insulation according to manufacturer's written instructions to prevent compressing
insulation to less than 75 percent of its nominal thickness.
N. Install vapor-retarder mastic on ducts and plenums scheduled to receive vapor
retarders.
1. Ducts with Vapor Retarders: Overlap insulation facing at seams and seal with
vapor-retarder mastic and pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as insulation.
Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor-
retarder seal.
2. Ducts without Vapor Retarders: Overlap insulation facing at seams and secure with
outward clinching staples and pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as
insulation.
O. Roof Penetrations: Apply insulation for interior applications to a point even with top of
roof flashing.
1. Seal penetrations with vapor-retarder mastic.
2. Apply insulation for exterior applications tightly joined to interior insulation ends.
3. Seal insulation to roof flashing with vapor-retarder mastic.
P. Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through walls
and partitions, except fire-rated walls and partitions.
Q. Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Terminate insulation at fire/smoke damper
sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition penetrations.
R. Floor Penetrations: Terminate insulation at underside of floor assembly and at floor
support at top of floor.
1. For insulation indicated to have vapor retarders, taper termination and seal
insulation ends with vapor-retarder mastic.
3.04 MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION APPLICATION
A. Blanket Applications for Ducts and Plenums: Secure blanket insulation with adhesive
and anchor pins and speed washers.
1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per
square foot, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces.
2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and
transitions.
3. Install anchor pins and speed washers on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and
sides of vertical ducts as follows:
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-7
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, along longitudinal
centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16
inches o.c.
b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches. Space 16 inches o.c. each
way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Apply additional pins and
clips to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing.
c. Anchor pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts
and plenums.
d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation.
4. Impale insulation over anchors and attach speed washers.
5. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with
insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation
facing.
6. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by
removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to
adjacent insulation segment with 1/2-inch staples, 1 inch o.c., and cover with
pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as insulation.
7. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end
joints. Secure with steel band at end joints and spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c.
8. Apply insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation
segment for each surface. Apply insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with
individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.
9. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond the insulation
surface with 6-inch wide strips of the same material used to insulate duct. Secure
on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with anchor pins spaced 6 inches
o.c.
10. Apply vapor-retarder mastic to open joints, breaks, and punctures for insulation
indicated to receive vapor retarder.
B. Board Applications for Ducts and Plenums: Secure board insulation with adhesive and
anchor pins and speed washers.
1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per
square foot, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces.
2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and
transitions.
3. Space anchor pins as follows:
a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, along longitudinal
centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16
inches o.c.
b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches. Space 16 inches o.c. each
way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Apply additional pins and
clips to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-8
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
c. Anchor pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts
and plenums.
d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation.
4. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with
insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation
facing.
5. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by
removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to
adjacent insulation segment with 1/2-inch staples, 1 inch o.c., and cover with
pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as insulation.
6. Apply insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation
segment for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible to
outside and inside radius of elbows. Apply insulation on round and flat-oval duct
elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.
7. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond the insulation
surface with 6-inch wide strips of the same material used to insulate duct. Secure
on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with anchor pins spaced 6 inches
o.c.
8. Apply vapor-retarder mastic to open joints, breaks, and punctures for insulation
indicated to receive vapor retarder.
3.05 CLOSED-CELL PHENOLIC-FOAM INSULATION APPLICATION
A. Apply insulation as follows:
1. Secure each layer of insulation to duct with stainless-steel bands at 12-inch intervals
and tighten without deforming the insulation materials.
2. Apply two-layer insulation with joints tightly butted and staggered at least 3 inches.
Secure inner layer with 0.062-inch, soft-annealed, stainless-steel wire spaced at 12-
inch intervals. Secure outer layer with stainless-steel bands at 12-inch intervals.
3. On exposed applications, finish insulation with a skim coat of mineral-fiber,
hydraulic-setting cement to surface of installed insulation. When dry, apply flood
coat of lagging adhesive and press on one layer of glass cloth or tape. Overlap edges
at least 1 inch. Apply finish coat of lagging adhesive over glass cloth or tape. Thin
the finish coat to achieve smooth finish.
3.06 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC THERMAL INSULATION APPLICATION
A. Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows:
1. Follow manufacturer’s written instructions for applying insulation.
2. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer’s recommended adhesive.
Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe
surface.
B. Apply insulation to flanges as follows:
1. Apply pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-9
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
2. Make width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the flange and bolts,
plus twice the thickness of the pipe insulation.
3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference
of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of the same
thickness as pipe insulation.
4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer’s recommended
adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to
the pipe surface.
C. Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows:
1. Apply mitered sections of pipe insulation.
2. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer’s recommended
adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to
the pipe surface.
D. Apply insulation to valves and specialties as follows:
1. Apply preformed valve covers manufactured of the same material as pipe insulation
and attached according to the manufacturer’s written instructions.
2. Apply cut segments of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to
permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation.
For check valves, fabricate removable sections of insulation arranged to allow
access to strainer basket.
3. Apply insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer’s
recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow
passage of air to the pipe surface.
3.07 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET APPLICATION
A. Apply glass-cloth jacket, where indicated, directly over bare insulation or insulation with
factory-applied jackets.
1. Apply jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch overlap at seams and joints.
2. Embed glass cloth between two 0.062-inch thick coats of jacket manufacturer's
recommended adhesive.
3. Completely encapsulate insulation with jacket, leaving no exposed raw insulation.
3.08 DUCT SYSTEM APPLICATIONS
A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are specified in schedules on the mechanical plans.
B. Insulate the following plenums and duct systems:
1. Indoor concealed supply-, return-, and outside-air ductwork.
C. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not apply insulation to the following
systems, materials, and equipment:
1. Indoor exposed metal ducts, unless noted otherwise.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-10
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
2. Metal ducts with duct liner, unless noted otherwise.
3. Factory-insulated flexible ducts.
4. Factory-insulated plenums, casings, terminal boxes, and filter boxes and sections,
unless noted otherwise.
5. Flexible connectors.
6. Vibration-control devices.
7. Testing agency labels and stamps.
8. Nameplates and data plates.
9. Access panels and doors in air-distribution systems.
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 23 08 00-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 08 00 - COMMISSIONING OF HVAC
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. The purpose of this section is to specify Division 23 responsibilities in the
commissioning process.
a. The systems to be commissioned are listed in Section 01 91 13.
b. Commissioning requires the participation of Division 23 to ensure that all
systems are operating in a manner consistent with the Contract Documents.
The general commissioning requirements and coordination are detailed in
Division 01. Division 23 shall be familiar with all parts of Division 01 and the
commissioning plan issued by the CxA and shall execute all commissioning
responsibilities assigned to them in the Contract Documents.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 91 13 – General Commissioning Requirements
2. Section 23 08 00.01 – HVAC Testing Requirements
3. Section 23 08 00.02 – HVAC Prefunctional Checklists
4. Section 23 08 00.03 – HVAC Sample Functional Test Procedures
5. Section 23 09 00 – Instrumentation and Control of HVAC
6. Section 26 08 00 – Commissioning of Electrical Systems
7. Section 26 08 00.01 – Electrical Systems Testing Requirements
8. Section 26 08 00.02 – Electrical Systems Prefunctional Checklists
9. Section 26 08 00.03 – Electrical Systems Sample Functional Test Procedures
C. Related Work:
1. Refer to Section 01 91 13 for a listing of all Sections where commissioning
requirements are found.
2. Refer to Section 01 91 13 for systems to be commissioned and Sections 23 08 00.01
through 23 08 00.03 for functional testing requirements.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC)
B. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB)
C. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)
Publications:
1. ANSI/ASHRAE 111 “Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Building HVAC Systems”
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 23 08 00-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
1. LEED Submittals:
a. Credit EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning:
1) Division 23 shall provide submittal documentation relative to
commissioning as required in this Section and Part 1, Section 01 91 13.
1.04 RESPONSIBILITIES
A. HVAC, Controls and TAB Contractors. The commissioning responsibilities applicable to
each of the mechanical, controls and TAB contractors of Division 23 are as follows (all
references apply to commissioned equipment only):
1. Construction and Acceptance Phases
a. Include and itemize the cost of commissioning in the contract price.
b. In each purchase order or subcontract written, include requirements for
submittal data, commissioning documentation, O&M data and training.
c. Attend a commissioning scoping meeting and other meetings necessary to
facilitate the Cx process.
d. Contractors shall provide the CxA with normal cut sheets and shop drawing
submittals of commissioned equipment.
e. Provide additional requested documentation, prior to normal O&M manual
submittals, to the CxA for development of start-up and functional testing
procedures.
1) Typically this will include detailed manufacturer installation and start-up,
operating, troubleshooting and maintenance procedures, full details of any
owner-contracted tests, fan and pump curves, full factory testing reports, if
any, and full warranty information, including all responsibilities of the
Owner to keep the warranty in force clearly identified. In addition, the
installation, start-up and checkout materials that are actually shipped
inside the equipment and the actual field checkout sheet forms to be used
by the factory or field technicians shall be submitted to the Commissioning
Agent.
2) The Commissioning Agent may request further documentation necessary
for the commissioning process.
3) This data request may be made prior to normal submittals.
f. Provide a copy of the O&M manuals and submittals of commissioned
equipment, through normal channels, to the CxA for review and approval.
g. Contractors shall assist (along with the design engineers) in clarifying the
operation and control of commissioned equipment in areas where the
specifications, control drawings or equipment documentation is not sufficient
for writing detailed testing procedures.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 23 08 00-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
h. Provide limited assistance to the CxA in preparing the specific functional
performance test procedures as specified in Section. Subs shall review test
procedures to ensure feasibility, safety and equipment protection and provide
necessary written alarm limits to be used during the tests.
i. Develop a full start-up and initial checkout plan using manufacturer’s start-up
procedures and the prefunctional checklists from the CxA for all commissioned
equipment. Submit to CxA for review and approval prior to startup. Refer to
Section 01 91 13 for further details on start-up plan preparation.
j. During the startup and initial checkout process, execute the mechanical-related
portions of the prefunctional checklists for all commissioned equipment.
k. Perform and clearly document all completed startup and system operational
checkout procedures, providing a copy to the CxA.
l. Address current A/E punch list items before functional testing. Air and water
TAB shall be completed with discrepancies and problems remedied before
functional testing of the respective air- or water-related systems.
m. Provide skilled technicians to execute starting of equipment and to execute the
functional performance tests. Ensure that they are available and present during
the agreed upon schedules and for sufficient duration to complete the
necessary tests, adjustments and problem-solving.
n. Provide skilled technicians to perform functional performance testing under
the direction of the CxA for specified equipment in Section 01 91 13 and
23 08 00.01 through 23 08 00.03. Assist the CxA in interpreting the monitoring
data, as necessary.
o. Correct deficiencies (differences between specified and observed performance)
as interpreted by the CxA, CM and A/E and retest the equipment.
p. Prepare O&M manuals according to the Contract Documents, including
clarifying and updating the original sequences of operation to as-built
conditions.
q. During construction, maintain as-built red-line drawings for all drawings and
provide final CAD record drawings for owner and contractor-generated
coordination drawings. Update after completion of commissioning (excluding
deferred testing).
r. Provide training of the Owner’s operating staff using expert qualified
personnel, as specified.
s. Coordinate with equipment manufacturers to determine specific requirements
to maintain the validity of the warranty.
2. Warranty Period
a. Execute seasonal or deferred functional performance testing, witnessed by the
CxA, according to the specifications.
b. Correct deficiencies and make necessary adjustments to O&M manuals and
record drawings for applicable issues identified in any seasonal testing.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 23 08 00-4
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
B. Mechanical Contractor. The responsibilities of the HVAC mechanical contractor, during
construction and acceptance phases in addition to those listed in (A) are:
1. Provide startup for all HVAC equipment, except for the building automation control
system.
2. Assist and cooperate with the TAB contractor and CxA by:
a. Putting all HVAC equipment and systems into operation and continuing the
operation during each working day of TAB and commissioning, as required.
b. Including cost of sheaves and belts that may be required by TAB.
c. Providing test holes in ducts and plenums where directed by TAB to allow air
measurements and air balancing. Providing an approved plug.
d. Providing temperature and pressure taps according to the Construction
Documents for TAB and commissioning testing.
3. Install a P/T plug at each water sensor which is an input point to the control system.
4. List and clearly identify on the as-built drawings the locations of all air-flow
stations.
5. Prepare a preliminary schedule for Division 23 pipe and duct system testing,
flushing and cleaning, equipment start-up and TAB start and completion for use by
the CxA. Update the schedule as appropriate.
6. Notify the Owner, GC or CxA depending on protocol, when pipe and duct system
testing, flushing, cleaning, startup of each piece of equipment and TAB will occur. Be
responsible to notify the Owner, GC or CxA, ahead of time, when commissioning
activities not yet performed or not yet scheduled will delay construction. Be
proactive in seeing that commissioning processes are executed and that the CxA has
the scheduling information needed to efficiently execute the commissioning process.
C. Controls Contractor (if Applicable). The commissioning responsibilities of the controls
contractor, during construction and acceptance phases in addition to those listed in (A)
are:
1. Sequences of Operation Submittals. The Controls Contractor’s submittals of control
drawings shall include complete detailed sequences of operation for each piece of
equipment, regardless of the completeness and clarity of the sequences in the
specifications. They shall include:
a. An overview narrative of the system (1 or 2 paragraphs) generally describing
its purpose, components and function.
b. All interactions and interlocks with other systems.
c. Detailed delineation of control between any packaged controls and the building
automation system, listing what points the BAS monitors only and what BAS
points are control points and are adjustable.
d. Written sequences of control for packaged controlled equipment. (Equipment
manufacturers’ stock sequences may be included, but will generally require
additional narrative).
e. Start-up sequences.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 23 08 00-5
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
f. Warm-up mode sequences.
g. Normal operating mode sequences.
h. Unoccupied mode sequences.
i. Shutdown sequences.
j. Capacity control sequences and equipment staging.
k. Temperature and pressure control: setbacks, setups, resets, etc.
l. Detailed sequences for all control strategies, e.g., economizer control, optimum
start/stop, staging, optimization, demand limiting, etc.
m. Effects of power or equipment failure with all standby component functions.
n. Sequences for all alarms and emergency shut downs.
o. Seasonal operational differences and recommendations.
p. Initial and recommended values for all adjustable settings, set points and
parameters that are typically set or adjusted by operating staff; and any other
control settings or fixed values, delays, etc. that will be useful during testing and
operating the equipment.
q. Schedules, if known.
r. To facilitate referencing in testing procedures, all sequences shall be written in
small statements, each with a number for reference. For a given system,
numbers will not repeat for different sequence sections, unless the sections are
numbered.
2. Control Drawings Submittal
a. The control drawings shall have a key to all abbreviations.
b. The control drawings shall contain graphic schematic depictions of the systems
and each component.
c. The schematics will include the system and component layout of any
equipment that the control system monitors, enables or controls, even if the
equipment is primarily controlled by packaged or integral controls.
d. Provide a full points list with at least the following included for each point:
e. Controlled system
1) Point abbreviation
2) Point description
3) Display unit
4) Control point or set point (Yes / No)
5) Monitoring point (Yes / No)
6) Intermediate point (Yes / No)
7) Calculated point (Yes / No)
Key:
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 23 08 00-6
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
Point Description: DB temp, airflow, etc.
Control or Set point: Point that controls equipment and can have its set
point changed (OSA, SAT, etc.)
Intermediate Point: Point whose value is used to make a calculation
which then controls equipment (space temperatures that are averaged
to a virtual point to control reset).
Monitoring Point: Point that does not control or contribute to the
control of equipment, but is used for operation, maintenance, or
performance verification.
Calculated Point: “Virtual” point generated from calculations of other
point values.
The Controls Contractor shall keep the CxA informed of all changes to
this list during programming and setup.
3. An updated as-built version of the control drawings and sequences of operation
shall be included in the final controls O&M manual submittal.
4. Assist and cooperate with the TAB contractor in the following manner:
a. Meet with the TAB contractor prior to beginning TAB and review the TAB plan
to determine the capabilities of the control system toward completing TAB.
Provide the TAB any needed unique instruments for setting terminal unit boxes
and instruct TAB in their use (handheld control system interface for use around
the building during TAB, etc.).
b. For a given area, have all required prefunctional checklists, calibrations, startup
and selected functional tests of the system completed and approved by the CxA
prior to TAB.
c. Provide a qualified technician to operate the controls to assist the TAB
contractor in performing TAB, or provide sufficient training for TAB to operate
the system without assistance.
5. Assist and cooperate with the CxA in the following manner:
a. Using a skilled technician who is familiar with this building, execute the
functional testing of the controls system as specified for the controls contractor
in Sections 23 08 00.01 through 23 08 00.03 and 26 08 00 through 26 08 00.03.
Assist in the functional testing of all equipment specified in Sections
23 08 00.01 through 23 08 00.03 and 26 08 00 through 26 08 00.03. Provide
two-way radios during the testing.
b. Execute all control system trend logs specified in Sections 23 08 00.01 through
23 08 00.03 and 26 08 00 through 26 08 00.03.
6. The controls contractor shall prepare a written plan indicating in a step-by-step
manner, the procedures that will be followed to test, checkout and adjust the control
system prior to functional performance testing, according to the process in Section
01 91 13. At minimum, the plan shall include for each type of equipment controlled
by the automatic controls:
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 23 08 00-7
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
a. System name.
b. List of devices.
c. Step-by-step procedures for testing each controller after installation, including:
1) Process of verifying proper hardware and wiring installation.
2) Process of downloading programs to local controllers and verifying that
they are addressed correctly.
3) Process of performing operational checks of each controlled component.
4) Plan and process for calibrating valve and damper actuators and all
sensors.
5) A description of the expected field adjustments for transmitters,
controllers and control actuators should control responses fall outside of
expected values.
d. A copy of the log and field checkout sheets that will document the process. This
log must include a place for initial and final read values during calibration of
each point and clearly indicate when a sensor or controller has “passed” and is
operating within the contract parameters.
e. A description of the instrumentation required for testing.
f. Indicate what tests on what systems should be completed prior to TAB using
the control system for TAB work. Coordinate with the CxA and TAB contractor
for this determination.
7. Provide a signed and dated certification to the CxA and GC upon completion of the
checkout of each controlled device, equipment and system prior to functional
testing for each piece of equipment or system, that all system programming is
complete as to all respects of the Contract Documents, except functional testing
requirements.
8. Beyond the control points necessary to execute all documented control sequences,
provide monitoring, control and virtual points as specified in Section 23 09 00.
9. List and clearly identify on the as-built duct and piping drawings the locations of all
static and differential pressure sensors (air, water and building pressure).
D. TAB Contractor. The duties of the TAB contractor, in addition to those listed in (A) are:
1. Six weeks prior to starting TAB, submit to the GC the qualifications of the site
technician for the project, including the name of the contractors and facility
managers of recent projects the technician on which was lead. The Owner will
approve the site technician’s qualifications for this project.
2. Submit the outline of the TAB plan and approach for each system and component to
the Owner, CxA, GC and the controls contractor six weeks prior to starting the TAB.
This plan will be developed after the TAB has some familiarity with the control
system.
3. The submitted plan will include:
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 23 08 00-8
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
a. Certification that the TAB contractor has reviewed the construction documents
and the systems with the design engineers and contractors to sufficiently
understand the design intent for each system.
b. An explanation of the intended use of the building control system. The controls
contractor will comment on feasibility of the plan.
c. All field checkout sheets and logs to be used that list each piece of equipment to
be tested, adjusted and balanced with the data cells to be gathered for each.
d. Discussion of what notations and markings will be made on the duct and piping
drawings during the process.
e. Final test report forms to be used.
f. Detailed step-by-step procedures for TAB work for each system and issue:
terminal flow calibration (for each terminal type), diffuser proportioning,
branch / submain proportioning, total flow calculations, rechecking, diversity
issues, expected problems and solutions, etc. Criteria for using air flow
straighteners or relocating flow stations and sensors will be discussed. Provide
the analogous explanations for the water side.
g. List of all air flow, water flow, sound level, system capacity and efficiency
measurements to be performed and a description of specific test procedures,
parameters, formulas to be used.
h. Details of how total flow will be determined (Air: sum of terminal flows via BAS
calibrated readings or via hood readings of all terminals, supply (SA) and return
air (RA) pitot traverse, SA or RA flow stations. Water: pump curves, circuit
setter, flow station, ultrasonic, etc.).
i. The identification and types of measurement instruments to be used and their
most recent calibration date.
j. Specific procedures that will ensure that both air and water side are operating
at the lowest possible pressures and provide methods to verify this.
k. Confirmation that TAB understands the outside air ventilation criteria under all
conditions.
l. Details of whether and how minimum outside air cfm will be verified and set,
and for what level (total building, zone, etc.).
m. Details of how building static and exhaust fan / relief damper capacity will be
checked.
n. Proposed selection points for sound measurements and sound measurement
methods.
o. Details of methods for making any specified coil or other system plant capacity
measurements.
p. Details of any TAB work to be done in phases (by floor, etc.), or of areas to be
built out later.
q. Details regarding specified deferred or seasonal TAB work.
r. Details of any specified false loading of systems to complete TAB work.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 23 08 00-9
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
s. Details of all exhaust fan balancing and capacity verifications, including any
required room pressure differentials.
t. Details of any required interstitial cavity differential pressure measurements
and calculations.
u. Plan for hand-written field technician logs of discrepancies, deficient or
uncompleted work by others, contract interpretation requests and lists of
completed tests (scope and frequency).
v. Plan for formal progress reports (scope and frequency).
w. Plan for formal deficiency reports (scope, frequency and distribution).
4. A running log of events and issues shall be kept by the TAB field technicians. Submit
hand-written reports of discrepancies, deficient or uncompleted work by others,
contract interpretation requests and lists of completed tests to the Owner, CxA and
GC at least twice a week.
5. Communicate in writing to the controls contractor all set point and parameter
changes made or problems and discrepancies identified during TAB which affect the
control system setup and operation.
6. Provide a draft TAB report within two weeks of completion. A copy will be provided
to the CxA. The report will contain a full explanation of the methodology,
assumptions and the results in a clear format with designations of all uncommon
abbreviations and column headings. The report should follow the latest and most
rigorous reporting recommendations by the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC),
the National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) or ASHRAE Standard 111 (as
specified).
7. Provide the CxA with any requested data, gathered, but not shown on the draft
reports.
8. Provide a final TAB report for the CxA with details, as in the draft.
9. Conduct functional performance tests and checks on the original TAB as specified
for TAB in Sections 23 08 00.01 thru 23 08 00.03.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 TEST EQUIPMENT
A. Division 23 shall provide all test equipment necessary to fulfill the testing requirements
of this Division.
B. Refer to Section 01 91 13 for additional Division 23 requirements.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 23 08 00-10
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 STARTUP
A. The HVAC mechanical and controls contractors shall follow the start-up and initial
checkout procedures listed in the Responsibilities list in this Section and in 01 91 13.
Division 23 has start-up responsibility and is required to complete systems and sub-
systems so they are fully functional, meeting the design objectives of the Contract
Documents. The commissioning procedures and functional testing do not relieve or
lessen this responsibility or shift that responsibility partially to the commissioning agent
or Owner.
B. Functional testing is intended to begin upon completion of a system. Functional testing
may proceed prior to the completion of systems or sub-systems at the discretion of the
CxA and GC. Beginning system testing before full completion does not relieve the
Contractor from fully completing the system, including all prefunctional checklists as
soon as possible.
3.02 TAB
A. Refer to the TAB responsibilities in Article 1.03 “Responsibilities” of this Section.
3.03 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTS
A. Refer to Section 01 91 13 for a list of systems to be commissioned and to Section
01 91 13, Article 3.06 “Documentation, Non-Conformance and Approval of Tests” for a
description of the process and to Sections 23 08 00.01 through 23 08 00.03 for specific
details on the required functional performance tests.
3.04 TESTING DOCUMENTATION, NON-CONFORMANCE AND APPROVALS
A. Refer to Section 01 91 13 for specific details on non-conformance issues relating to
prefunctional checklists and tests.
B. Refer to Section 01 91 13 for issues relating to functional performance tests.
3.05 DEFERRED TESTING
A. Refer to Section 01 91 13 for requirements of deferred testing.
3.06 WRITTEN WORK PRODUCTS
A. Written work products of Contractors will consist of the start-up and initial checkout
plan described in Section 01 91 13 and the filled out start-up, initial checkout and
prefunctional checklists.
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 08 00.01 - HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. This Section specifies the functional testing requirements for Division 23 systems
and equipment.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 91 13 – General Commissioning Requirements.
2. Section 23 08 00 – Commissioning of HVAC
3. Section 23 08 00.02 – HVAC Prefunctional Checklists
4. Section 23 08 00.03 – HVAC Sample Functional Test Procedures
1.02 INCLUDED SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
A. The following is a list of the equipment and system test requirements included in this
section:
1. Instrumentation and Controls for HVAC
2. Exhaust Fans
3. Air Handling Units
a. Gas Fired Make-up Air Units
b. Packaged Outdoor Air Handling Units
c. Split System Air Conditioners
d. Water Source Heat Pump Units
4. Test and Balance Work (TAB)
1.03 DESCRIPTION
A. This section specifies the functional testing requirements for Division 23 systems and
equipment. From these requirements, the Commissioning Authority (CxA) shall develop
step-by-step procedures to be executed by the subcontractors or the Commissioning
Authority. The general functional testing process, requirements and test method
definitions are described in Section 01 91 13. The test requirements for each piece of
equipment or system contain the following:
1. The contractors responsible to execute the tests, under the direction of the CxA.
2. A list of the integral components being tested.
3. Prefunctional checklists associated with the components.
4. Functions and modes to be tested.
5. Required conditions of the test for each mode.
6. Special procedures.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
7. Required methods of testing.
8. Required monitoring.
9. Acceptance criteria.
10. Sampling strategies allowed.
1.04 PREREQUISITES
A. The following applicable generic prerequisite checklist items are listed on each written
functional test form and shall be completed and checked off by CxA prior to functional
testing:
__ All related equipment has been started up and start-up reports and prefunctional
checklists submitted and approved ready for functional testing:
__ All control system functions for this and all interlocking systems are programmed
and operable per contract documents, including final setpoints and schedules with
debugging, loop tuning and sensor calibrations completed.
__ Piping system flushing complete and required report approved.
__ Water treatment system complete and operational.
__ Vibration control report approved (if required).
__ Test and balance (TAB) complete and approved for the hydronic system.
__ All A/E punchlist items for this equipment corrected.
__ These functional test procedures reviewed and approved by installing contractor.
__ Safeties and operating ranges reviewed by the CxA.
__ Test requirements and sequences of operation attached.
__ Schedules and setpoints attached.
__ False loading equipment, system and procedures ready.
__ Crankcase heaters have been on long enough for immediate startup.
__ Sufficient clearance around equipment for servicing.
__ Record of all values for pre-test setpoints changed to accommodate testing has been
made and a check box provided to verify return to original values (control
parameters, limits, delays, lockouts, schedules, etc.).
__ Other miscellaneous checks of the prefunctional checklist and start-up reports
completed successfully.
1.05 MONITORING
A. Monitoring is a method of testing as a stand-alone method or to augment manual
testing.
B. All points listed in the required monitoring section of the test requirements which are
control system monitored points shall be trended by the controls contractor. At the
option of the CxA, some control system monitoring may be replaced with datalogger
monitoring. At the CxA’s request, the controls contractor shall trend up to 20% more
points than listed herein at no extra charge.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
C. Hard copies of monitored data must be in columnar format with time down the left
column and at least 5 columns of point values on the same page.
D. Graphical output is desirable, and will be required for all output, if the system can
produce it.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 AIR HANDLER UNITS (AHU)
A. Parties Responsible to Execute Functional Test:
1. Controls contractor: operate the controls to activate the equipment as needed.
2. Mechanical contractor: Witnesses, document testing, assist in testing, and correct
deficiencies.
3. CxA: to witness, direct and document testing.
4. Owners Representative: witness
B. Integral Components or Related Equipment Being Tested:
Prefunctional Checklist
AHU and components (fans, coils, valves, ducts, VFD): Air Handling Units
Ductwork
C. Prerequisites
1. The applicable prerequisite checklist items listed in Section 23 08 00.01 shall be
listed on each functional test form and checked off prior to functional testing. The
commissioning agent will also spot-check misc. items and calibrations on the
prefunctional checklists previously completed by the installer, before the beginning
of functional testing.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-4
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
D. Functions / Modes Required To Be Tested, Test Methods and Seasonal Test
Requirements:
1. The following testing requirements are an addition to and do not replace any testing
requirements elsewhere in this Division.
Function / Mode Test
Method
Manual,
Monitoring,
Either or
Both3
Required
Seasonal
Test1
General
1. Test each sequence in the sequence of operations, and other
significant modes and sequences not mentioned; including
startup, shutdown, unnoccupied & manual modes and
power failure. Test functionality of this piece of equipment
or system in all control strategies or interlocks with which it
is associated.
Manual
In addition to, or as part of (1) above, the following modes or tests are required:
2. Mixed & supply air, & reset temperature control functions. Both
3. Economizer functions. Both Cooling
4. SF, RF and exhaust fan interlocks. Either
5. Duct static pressure (SP) control. Both
6. Return or exhaust fan tracking and building SP. Monitoring
7. VFD (or inlet vanes) operation on SF and RF: modulation to
minimum, control system PID, proportional band of speed
vs controlling parameter, constancy of static pressure,
verification of program settings, alarms, etc.
Both 2
8. Damper interlocks and correct modulation in all modes,
including smoke and fire dampers.
Manual
9. Temperature difference across HC & CC per specifications. Manual
10. Verification of minimum OSA control through varying VAV
box positions.
Either 2
11. Branch duct control damper control. Manual
12. Night low limit, morning warmup cycle. Either
13. Heat recovery operation. Monitoring
14. Verify TAB reported SF cfm with control system reading. Manual 2
15. All alarms (low limits, high static, etc.). Manual
16. Heating and cooling coil capacity test, optional. Manual Design
17. Sensor and actuator calibration checks: on duct static
pressure sensor on SAT, MAT, OSAT, OSA & RA damper and
valve positions, SF cfm reading with TAB, and other random
checks (EMS readout against hand-held calibrated
instrument or observation must be within specified
tolerances)
Manual
18. Verify schedules and setpoints to be reasonable and
appropriate
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-5
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1Cooling season, Heating season or Both. “Design” means within 5°of season design
(ASHRAE 2 1/2%), or 95% of loading design. A blank cell denotes no special seasonal
test is required and that test can be executed during any season, if condition simulation
is appropriate. 2Seasonal test not required if seasonal conditions can be adequately simulated. 3Refer to Special Procedures
E. Special Procedures:
1. Reduced Testing for Smaller Units. For standard application AHU’s less than 15
tons, the following modifications to the testing requirements apply: 1) either
Manual or Monitoring will satisfy the verification requirement--where Both is listed,
choose one. 2) Testing Modes 6, 8, 11, 13 and 16 is not required.
F. Required Monitoring:
1. All points listed below which are control system monitored points shall be trended
by the controls contractor. Refer to the Monitoring section at the beginning of
Section 23 08 00.01 for additional monitoring details.
Point Time
Step
(min.
)
Minimum
Time Period
of Trend
Hard
Copy?
(Y/N)
ASCII
File?
(Y/N)
Function
Being Tested
For each AHU being tested:
RAT 5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y 1-3, 5
SAT 5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y 1-3, 5
MAT 5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y 1, 3
Indoor WB or enthalpy,
if enthalpy economizer
5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y 1, 3
SF speed, if variable,
else status
5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y 1, 5-9
RF speed, if variable,
else status
5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y 1, 5-9
Duct SP 5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y 1, 7, 9
Building SP differential 5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y 8
OSAT 5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y All
OSA-WB or enthalpy, if
enthalpy economizer
5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y 1, 3
Indoor dry-bulb
___zones (expected to be
most problematic)
5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y All
Remarks:
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-6
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SF cfm not required if not monitored
RF cfm not required if not monitored
G. Acceptance Criteria (referenced by function or mode ID):
1. 1 - 21. For the conditions, sequences and modes tested, the AHU, integral
components and related equipment respond to varying loads and changing
conditions and parameters appropriately as expected, as specified and according to
acceptable operating practice.
2. 2. AHU with supporting systems shall be able to maintain the SA temperature
within 1.0F either side of the deadband of the current setpoint without excessive
hunting.
3. 7. AHU and controls shall control the duct static pressure so that it does not drift
more than an amount equal to 10% of the setpoint value either side of the deadband
without excessive hunting.
H. Sampling Strategy for Identical Units:
1. AHU’s shall not have any sampling--test all units. However, 25% of the units may
have monitoring be the verification method for modes listed with Monitoring or
Both as testing methods, with no less than three units being fully tested per the
above requirements.
2. All units not included in the sampling testing and monitoring shall be fully
monitored for the monitoring modes listed above in the monitoring section.
3.02 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC (If Applicable)
A. Parties Responsible to Execute Functional Test
1. Controls contractor: operate the controls to activate the equipment.
2. CxA: to witness, direct and document testing.
3. Owners Representative: witness
4. Integral Components or Related Equipment Being Tested:
Prefunctional Checklist
1. Building Automation System BAS
2. All pre-functional checklists of controlled
equipment
---
B. Prerequisites The applicable prerequisite checklist items listed in the beginning of
Section 23 08 00.01 shall be listed on each functional test form and checked off prior to
functional testing. The commissioning agent will also spot-check misc. items and
calibrations on the prefunctional checklists previously completed by the installer, before
the beginning of functional testing.
C. A significant part of the BAS functional testing requirements is the successful
completion of the functional tests of equipment the BAS controls or interlocks with.
Uncompleted equipment functional tests or outstanding deficiencies in those tests lend
the required BAS functional testing incomplete.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-7
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
D. Integral or stand-alone controls are functionally tested with the equipment they are
attached to, including any interlocks with other equipment or systems and thus are not
covered under the BAS testing requirements, except for any integrated functions or
interlocks listed below.
E. In addition to the controlled equipment testing, the following tests are required for the
BAS, where features have been specified. The following testing requirements are in
addition to and do not replace any testing requirements elsewhere in the specifications.
Function / Mode
Test Method
Manual
(demonstration),
Monitoring, Either or
Both
MISC. FUNCTIONS
1. All specified functions and features are set up, debugged and
fully operable
Verbal discussion of
features
2. Power failure and battery backup and power-up restart
functions
Demonstration
3. Specified trending and graphing features demonstration See equipment trends
4. Global commands features Demonstration
5. Security and access codes Demonstration
6. Occupant over-rides (manual, telephone, key, keypad, etc.) Demonstration
7. O&M schedules and alarms Demonstration
8. Scheduling features fully functional and setup, including
holidays
Observation in
terminal screens or
printouts
9. Date and time setting in central computer and verify field
panels read the same time
Demonstration
10
.
Included features not specified to be setup are installed (list) Demonstration
11
.
Occupancy sensors and controls Demonstration
12
.
Demonstrate functionality of field panels using local operator
keypads and local ports (plug-ins) using portable
computer/keypad
Demonstration of
100% of panels and
10% of ports
13
.
All graphic screens and value readouts completed Demonstration
14
.
Setpoint changing features and functions Done during
equipment testing
15
.
Communications to remote sites Demonstration
16
.
Sensor calibrations Sampled during
equipment tests
17
.
“After hours” use tracking and billing
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-8
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
Function / Mode
Test Method
Manual
(demonstration),
Monitoring, Either or
Both
18
.
Final as-builts or redlines (per spec) control drawings, final
points list, program code, setpoints, schedules, warranties,
etc. per specs, submitted for O&Ms.
Observation
19
.
Verify that points that are monitored only, having no control
function, are checked for proper reporting to BAS.
Observation
INTEGRATED TESTS
20
.
Fire alarm interlocks and response Demonstration
21
.
Duty cycling (if specified) Monitoring
22
.
Demand limiting (including over-ride of limiting) Monitoring
23
.
Sequential staging ON of equipment Either
24
.
Optimum start-stop functions Monitoring
25
.
All control strategies and sequences not tested during
controlled equipment testing
Either
26
.
Other integrated tests specified in the contract documents
27
.
Security system interlocks Demonstration
28
.
Fire protection and suppression systems Demonstration
F. Special Procedures:
1. None
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-9
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
G. Additional Required Monitoring:
1. Besides the trending and monitoring required with the functional testing of
equipment, all points listed below which are control system monitored points shall
be trended by the controls contractor. Refer to the Monitoring section at the
beginning of Section 23 08 00.01 for additional monitoring details.
Point Time
Step
(min.
)
Minimum
Time Period
of Trend
Hard
Copy?
(Y/N)
ASCII
File?
(Y/N)
Function
Being Tested
Misc. equipment current
or status for duty
cycling and demand
limiting
5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y 21-22
Equipment or building
kW or current for
demand limiting
5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y 21-22
Optimum start/stop
equip.
5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y 24
H. Acceptance Criteria (referenced by function or mode ID):
1. All For the conditions, sequences and modes tested, the BAS, integral
components and related equipment respond to changing conditions and
parameters appropriately as expected, as specified and according to
acceptable operating practice.
I. Sampling Strategy for Identical Units:
1. Sample 10% of the field panels for procedure 9, and 10% of the local ports for
procedure 12. If 10% fail, test another 10%. If 10% of those fail, test all remaining
units at the contractor’s expense.
J. Parties Responsible to Execute Functional Test:
1. Controls contractor: operate the controls to activate the equipment as needed.
2. Mechanical contractor: Witnesses, document testing, assist in testing, and correct
deficiencies.
3. CxA: to witness, direct and document testing.
4. Owners Representative: witness
5. Integral Components or Related Equipment Being Tested:
Prefunctional Checklist
1. AHU and components (fans, ducts, VFD): Air Handling Units
Ductwork
Energy Recovery Wheel
2. Exhaust Fans (If BAS Controlled) Exhaust Fans
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-10
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
Prerequisites
K. The applicable prerequisite checklist items listed in Section 23 08 00.01 shall be listed
on each functional test form and checked off prior to functional testing. The
commissioning agent will also spot-check misc. items and calibrations on the
prefunctional checklists previously completed by the installer, before the beginning of
functional testing.
L. Functions / Modes Required To Be Tested, Test Methods and Seasonal Test
Requirements
1. The following testing requirements are an addition to and do not replace any testing
requirements elsewhere in this Division.
2.
Function / Mode Test
Method
Manual,
Monitoring,
Either or
Both3
Required
Seasonal
Test1
General
1. Test each sequence in the sequence of operations, and
other significant modes and sequences not mentioned;
including startup, shutdown, unnoccupied & manual
modes and power failure. Test functionality of this
piece of equipment or system in all control strategies or
interlocks with which it is associated.
Manual
In addition to, or as part of (1) above, the following modes or tests are required:
2. Mixed & supply air, & reset temperature control
functions.
Both
3. Economizer functions. Both Cooling
4. SF, RF and exhaust fan interlocks. Either
5. Duct static pressure (SP) control. Both
6. Return or exhaust fan tracking and building SP. Monitoring
7. VFD (or inlet vanes) operation on SF and RF:
modulation to minimum, control system PID,
proportional band of speed vs controlling parameter,
constancy of static pressure, verification of program
settings, alarms, etc.
Both 2
8. Damper interlocks and correct modulation in all modes,
including smoke and fire dampers.
Manual
9. Temperature difference across HC & CC per
specifications.
Manual
10. Verification of minimum OSA control through varying
VAV box positions.
Either 2
11. Branch duct control damper control. Manual
12. Night low limit, morning warmup cycle. Either
13. Heat recovery operation. Monitoring
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-11
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
Function / Mode Test
Method
Manual,
Monitoring,
Either or
Both3
Required
Seasonal
Test1
14. Verify TAB reported SF cfm with control system
reading.
Manual 2
15. All alarms (low limits, high static, etc.). Manual
16. Heating and cooling capacity test, optional. Manual Design
17. Sensor and actuator calibration checks: on duct static
pressure sensor on SAT, MAT, OSAT, OSA & RA damper
and valve positions, SF cfm reading with TAB, and other
random checks (EMS readout against hand-held
calibrated instrument or observation must be within
specified tolerances)
Manual
18. Verify schedules and setpoints to be reasonable and
appropriate
19. CO2 demand control function
20. DOAS fan alarm function 1Cooling season, Heating season or Both. “Design” means within 5°of season design
(ASHRAE 2 1/2%), or 95% of loading design. A blank cell denotes no special seasonal
test is required and that test can be executed during any season, if condition simulation
is appropriate. 2Seasonal test not required if seasonal conditions can be adequately simulated. 3Refer to Special Procedures
M. Special Procedures:
1. Reduced Testing for Smaller Units: For standard application AHU’s less than 15
tons, the following modifications to the testing requirements apply: 1) either
Manual or Monitoring will satisfy the verification requirement--where Both is listed,
choose one. 2) Testing Modes 6, 8, 11, 13 and 16 is not required.
N. Required Monitoring:
1. All points listed below which are control system monitored points shall be trended
by the controls contractor. Refer to the Monitoring section at the beginning of
Section 23 08 00.01 for additional monitoring details.
Point Time
Step
(min.
)
Minimum
Time Period
of Trend
Hard
Copy?
(Y/N)
ASCII
File?
(Y/N)
Function
Being Tested
For each AHU being tested:
RAT 5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y 1-3, 5
SAT 5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y 1-3, 5
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-12
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
Point Time
Step
(min.
)
Minimum
Time Period
of Trend
Hard
Copy?
(Y/N)
ASCII
File?
(Y/N)
Function
Being Tested
MAT 5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y 1, 3
Indoor WB or enthalpy,
if enthalpy economizer
5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y 1, 3
SF speed, if variable,
else status
5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y 1, 5-9
RF speed, if variable,
else status
5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y 1, 5-9
Duct SP 5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y 1, 7, 9
Building SP differential 5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y 8
OSAT 5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y All
OSA-WB or enthalpy, if
enthalpy economizer
5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y 1, 3
Indoor dry-bulb
___zones (expected to be
most problematic)
5 5 days incl.
weekend
Y Y All
Remarks:
SF cfm not required if not monitored
RF cfm not required if not monitored
O. Acceptance Criteria (referenced by function or mode ID):
1. 1 - 21. For the conditions, sequences and modes tested, the AHU, integral
components and related equipment respond to varying loads and changing
conditions and parameters appropriately as expected, as specified and according to
acceptable operating practice.
2. 2. AHU with supporting systems shall be able to maintain the SA temperature
within 1.0F either side of the deadband of the current setpoint without excessive
hunting.
3. 7. AHU and controls shall control the duct static pressure so that it does not drift
more than an amount equal to 10% of the setpoint value either side of the deadband
without excessive hunting.
P. Sampling Strategy for Identical Units:
1. AHU’s shall not have any sampling--test all units. However, 25% of the units may
have monitoring be the verification method for modes listed with Monitoring or
Both as testing methods, with no less than three units being fully tested per the
above requirements.
2. All units not included in the sampling testing and monitoring shall be fully
monitored for the monitoring modes listed above in the monitoring section.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-13
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
3.03 EXHAUST FANS
A. Parties Responsible to Execute Functional Test:
1. Controls contractor: operate the controls to activate the equipment, if BAS
controlled.
2. Mechanical contractor: Witnesses, document testing, assist in testing, and
correct deficiencies.
3. CxA: to witness, direct and document testing.
4. Owners Representative: witness
B. Integral Components or Related Equipment Being Tested:
Prefunctional Checklist
1. Exhaust fans Exhaust Fans
Fans
2. Ductwork Ductwork
C. Prerequisites: The applicable prerequisite checklist items listed in the beginning of
Section 23 08 00.01 shall be listed on each functional test form and checked off prior to
functional testing. The commissioning agent will also spot-check misc. items and
calibrations on the prefunctional checklists previously completed by the installer, before
the beginning of functional testing.
D. Functions / Modes Required To Be Tested, Test Methods and Seasonal Test
requirements
1. The following testing requirements are in addition to and do not replace any testing
requirements elsewhere in this Division.
Function / Mode Test
Method
Manual,
Monitoring,
Either or
Both1
Required
Seasonal
Test
General
1. Test each sequence in the sequence of operations, and
other significant modes and sequences not mentioned;
including startup, shutdown, unnoccupied & manual
modes and power failure. Test functionality of this piece
of equipment or system in all control strategies or
interlocks that it is associated with.
Manual
In addition to, or as part of (1) above, the following modes or tests are required:
2. Verify schedules and setpoints to be reasonable and
appropriate
3. Function at fire alarm (off, depressurization, etc.) Manual
4. Interlocks to building pressurization control Manual
5. Speed controls Either
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-14
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
Function / Mode Test
Method
Manual,
Monitoring,
Either or
Both1
Required
Seasonal
Test
6. Check TAB report record of sound power level tests and
space pressures and compare to specifications
Review
7. Sensor calibration checks on any controlling
temperature or pressure sensor
Manual
1Refer to Special Procedures
E. Special Procedures:
1. None
F. Required Monitoring:
1. All points listed below which are control system monitored points shall be trended
by the controls contractor. Refer to the Monitoring section at the beginning of
Section 23 08 00.01 for additional monitoring details.
Point Time
Step
(min.
)
Minimum
Time Period
of Trend
Hard
Copy?
(Y/N)
ASCII
File?
(Y/N)
Function
Being Tested
For each fan:
To be determined
G. Acceptance Criteria (referenced by function or mode ID):
H. 1 - 6. For the conditions, sequences and modes tested, the fans, integral components
and related equipment respond to changing conditions and parameters appropriately as
expected, as specified and according to acceptable operating practice.
I. Sampling Strategy for Identical Units of the same type and function, but different in size,
are considered identical for sampling purposes.
J. Randomly test at least 10% of each group of identical equipment (the 1st sample). In no
case test less than three units in each group. If 10% of the units in the first sample fail
the functional performance tests, test another 10% of the group (the 2nd sample). If
10% of the units in the 2nd sample fail, test all remaining units in the whole group, fully
at the contractor’s expense. This sampling applies to the testing subsections. That is, if
calibration is off on more than 10% of the tested piece of equipment, then another
sample shall have calibrations checked, but not all other tests need to be done on the
second sample.
3.04 TERMINAL UNITS
A. Parties Responsible to Execute Functional Test
1. Controls contractor: operate the controls to activate the equipment.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-15
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
2. Mechanical contractor: witness, document testing, assist in testing, and correct
deficiencies.
3. CxA: to witness, direct and document testing.
4. Owners Representative: witness
B. Integral Components or Related Equipment Being Tested
Prefunctional Checklist
1. Terminal unit Electric Unit Heaters
Electric Baseboard
Fuel Fire Unit Heaters
C. Prerequisites: The applicable prerequisite checklist items listed in the beginning of
Section 23 08 00.01 shall be listed on each functional test form and checked off prior to
functional testing. The commissioning agent will also spot-check misc. items and
calibrations on the prefunctional checklists previously completed by the installer, before
the beginning of functional testing.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-16
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
D. Functions / Modes Required To Be Tested, Test Methods and Seasonal Test
Requirements
1. The following testing requirements are in addition to and do not replace any testing
requirements elsewhere in this Division.
Function / Mode Test
Method
Manual,
Monitoring,
Either or
Both3
Required
Seasonal
Test1
General
1. Test each sequence in the sequence of operations, and
other significant modes and sequences not mentioned;
including startup, warmup, shutdown, unnoccupied &
manual modes and power failure and restoration. Test
functionality of this piece of equipment or system in all
control strategies or interlocks that it is associated
with, including all damper, and fan functions.
Manual
In addition to, or as part of (1) above, the following modes or tests are required:
2. Sensor activator calibration checks on: SAT, MAT, zone
air temperature damper position and other random
checks (EMS readout against visual or hand-held
calibrated instrument must be within 0.5°F for temps.
or within a tolerance equal to 10% of static pressure
setpoint, with an inclined manometer)
Manual
3. Device and actuator calibration and stroke checks for
non-DDC dampers
Manual
4. For the TU’s tested, check the prefunctional checklist
items.
Observation
5. Verify control parameters and setpoints to be
reasonable and appropriate by reviewing the full
program of 5% of all the TU’s with each other for
consistency. Verify the max. and min. cfm setpoints of
all tested TU’s against the control drawing and TAB
values. Verify other TU programming parameters such
as K-factors, deadbands, setpoints, stroke times, etc.
Observation
6. Verify no hunting or significant overshoot by damper
or valves.
Either
7. All alarms (fan status, low limits, high static, etc.) Manual
8. Verify that TU is maintaining space setpoint
temperatures
Monitoring Both
Design
9. Verify airflows and pressures (this random test is part
of the TAB test)
--
NOTES:
1Cooling season, Heating season or Both. “Design” means within 5°F of season design
(ASHRAE 2 1/2%), or 95% of loading design. A blank cell denotes no special seasonal
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-17
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
test is required and that test can be executed during any season, if condition simulation
is appropriate. 2Seasonal test not required if seasonal conditions can be adequately simulated. 3Refer to Special Procedures
E. Special Procedures:
1. None
F. Required Monitoring:
1. All points listed below which are control system monitored points shall be trended
by the controls contractor. Refer to the Monitoring section at the beginning of
Section 23 08 00.01 for additional monitoring details.
Point Time
Step
(min.
)
Minimum
Time Period
of Trend
Hard
Copy?
(Y/N)
ASCII
File?
(Y/N)
Function
Being Tested
For each zone thermostat and space sensor and other critical areas, monitor:
Space temperature 10 3 weekdays,
summer design
Y Y 11
Space temperature 10 3 weekdays,
winter design
Y Y 11
Space temperature 2 8 hours, occupied Y Y 7
Damper position or cfm 2 8 hours, occupied Y Y 7
G. Acceptance Criteria (referenced by function or mode ID)
1. 1 - 11. For the conditions, sequences and modes tested, the TU, integral components
and related equipment respond to varying loads and changing conditions and
parameters appropriately as expected, as specified and according to acceptable
operating practice.
2. 10. Space temperature during occupied modes shall average within +/- 1°F of
setpoint and always remain within 1°F of the ends of the deadband without
excessive hunting of either the damper or coil valve, or complaints of drafts or
stuffiness from occupants.
H. Sampling Strategy for Identical Units of the same type and function, but different in size,
are considered identical for sampling purposes.
1. Testing: Randomly test at least 10% of each group of identical equipment (the 1st
sample). In no case test less than three units in each group. If 10% of the units in
the first sample fail the functional performance tests, test another 10% of the group
(the 2nd sample). If 10% of the units in the 2nd sample fail, test all remaining units
in the whole group, fully at the contractor’s expense. This sampling applies to the
testing subsections. That is, if calibration is off on more than 10% of the tested
piece of equipment, then another sample shall have calibrations checked, but not all
other tests need to be done on the second sample.
2. Monitoring: Ten percent of the total number of zones in the building, chosen by the
Owner, shall be monitored. Within this 10%, shall be included a distribution of all
air handlers, zones expected to have the greatest heating and cooling demand,
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-18
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
perimeter and core zones and zones identified from the commissioning process that
have exhibited potential problems.
3.05 TEST AND BALANCE WORK (TAB)
A. Parties Responsible to Execute Functional Test
1. TAB contractor: perform checks using test instruments.
2. Controls contractor: operate the controls to activate the equipment.
3. CxA: to witness, direct and document testing.
B. Integral Components or Related Equipment Being Tested
Prefunctional Checklist
1. TAB TAB
C. Prerequisites: The applicable prerequisite checklist items listed in the beginning of
Section 23 08 00.01 shall be listed on each functional test form and checked off prior to
functional testing. The commissioning agent will also spot-check misc. items and
calibrations on the prefunctional checklists previously completed by the installer, before
the beginning of functional testing.
D. Purpose: The purpose of this test is to spot check the TAB work to verify that it was
done in accordance with the contract documents and acceptable practice and that the
TAB report is accurate.
E. The following tests and checks will be conducted. The following testing requirements
are in addition to and do not replace any testing requirements elsewhere in this
Division.
Test or Check Test Method Required
Seasonal
Test3
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-19
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
Test or Check Test Method Required
Seasonal
Test3
1. A random sample of up to 25 % the TAB report data
shall be selected for verification (air velocity, air or
water flow rate, pressure differential, electrical or
sound measurement, etc.). The original TAB
contractor will execute the checks, witnessed by the
commissioning authority. The TAB contractor will use
the same test instruments as used in the original TAB
work.
A failure1 of more than 10% of the selected items of a
given system2 shall result in the failure of acceptance
of the system TAB report and the TAB contractor shall
be responsible to rebalance the system, provide a new
system TAB report and repeat random verifications of
the new TAB report.
The random testing will include the verification of
minimum outdoor air intake flows at minimum,
maximum and intermediate total airflow rates for up
to 100% of the air handlers. Other selected data to be
verified will be made known upon day of testing.
Demonstratio
n
2. Verify that final settings of all valves, splitters,
dampers and other adjustment devices have been
permanently marked by the TAB Contractor.
Demonstratio
n
3. Verification that the air system is being controlled to
the lowest possible static pressure while still meeting
design loads, less diversity. This shall include a
review of TAB methods, control setpoints established
by TAB and a physical verification of at least one leg
from fan to diffuser having all balancing dampers
wide open and that during full cooling of all TUs
taking off downstream of the static pressure sensor,
the TU on the critical leg has its damper 90% or more
open.
Demonstratio
n
1Failure of an item is defined as follows:
For air flow of supply and return: a deviation of more than 10% of instrument reading
For minimum outside air flow: 20% of instrument reading (30% for reading at
intermediate supply flow for inlet vane or VFD OSA compensation system using
linear proportional control)
For temperatures: a deviation of more than 1°F
For air and water pressures: a deviation of more than 10% of full scale of test
instrument reading
For sound pressures: a deviation of more than 3 decibels. (Variations in background
noise must be considered)
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-20
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
2Examples of a “system” are: the air distribution system served by one air handler. Systems
can be defined smaller if inaccuracies in TAB work within the smaller defined system will
have little or no impact on connected systems. 3Cooling season, Heating season or Both. “Design” means within 5°of season design (ASHRAE
2 1/2%), or 95% of loading design. A blank cell denotes no special seasonal test is required
and that test can be executed during any season, if condition simulation is appropriate.
F. Special Procedures:
1. None
G. Required Monitoring:
1. None
H. Acceptance Criteria:
1. Provided in footnote to test table above.
I. Sampling Strategy for Identical Units:
1. Described in test table above.
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC PREFUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS 23 08 00.2-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 08 00.02 - HVAC PREFUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Prefunctional Checklists (PC) in a form format. The Prefunctional Checklists
consist of Instructions Sheets and Record Sheets.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal and Substitution Procedures
2. Section 01 91 13 – General Commissioning Requirements.
3. Section 23 08 00 – Commissioning of HVAC
4. Section 23 08 00.01– HVAC Testing Requirements
5. Section 23 08 00.03– HVAC Sample Functional Test Procedures
1.02 DESCRIPTION
A. The PC procedures displayed in a form format here are intended to provide the
Contractor with an example of the format and an indication of the rigor of the required
prefunctional checklists (Instruction Sheets and Record Sheets) and documentation for
various equipment types. Though they were not developed specifically for this project,
they are generally applicable.
B. The checklists contain items for both Division 23 and 26 contractors to perform.
C. Those executing the checklists are only responsible to perform items that apply to the
specific application at hand. These checklists do not take the place of the manufacturer’s
recommended checkout and start-up procedures or report. Some checklist procedures
may be redundant of some checkout procedures that will be documented on typical
factory field checkout sheets. Double documenting is required in those cases.
D. Refer to Section 01 91 13 for additional requirements regarding prefunctional checklists,
startup and initial checkout. Items that do not apply should be noted along with the
reasons on the form. If supplied Prefunctional Checklist forms are not used for
documenting, one of similar rigor and clarity shall be used. Contractors assigned
responsibility for sections of the checklist shall be responsible to see that checklist items
by their subcontractors are completed and checked off.
E. The following is a list of the equipment and systems which will require Prefunctional
Checklists (Instruction Sheets and Record Sheets) to be completed by the Contractors.
1. Packaged Outdoor Air Handling Unit (Each Unit)
2. Boilers
3. Instrumentation and Controls for HVAC (If Applicable)
4. Ductwork (Each Air System)
5. Exhaust Fan (Each Unit)
6. Fire and Smoke Dampers (Each Unit)
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC PREFUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS 23 08 00.2-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
7. Gas Fired Make-up Air Unit (Each Unit)
8. Testing, Adjusting and Balancing
F. Refer to Section 01 33 00 - Submittal and Substitution Procedures for Prefunctional
Checklists.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC SAMPLE FUNCTIONAL TEST PROCEDURES 23 08 00.03-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 08 00.03 - HVAC SAMPLE FUNCTIONAL TEST PROCEDURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. This Section contains the Functional Testing Procedures for Mechanical Systems
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal and Substitution Procedures
2. Section 01 91 13 – General Commissioning Requirements.
3. Section 23 08 00 – Commissioning of HVAC
4. Section 23 08 00.01 – HVAC Testing Requirements
5. Section 23 08 00.02 – HVAC Prefunctional Checklists
1.02 DESCRIPTION
A. The CxA will use the functional testing requirements in Sections 23 08 00 thru
23 08 00.03 and the testing protocols specified in Section 01 91 13 for developing site-
specific functional test procedures and forms for this project. For illustrative purposes,
sequences of operation associated with a few pieces of the equipment for which tests are
included are also provided.
B. The following is a list of the equipment and systems which will require Prefunctional
Checklists (Instruction Sheets and Record Sheets) to be completed by the Contractors.
1. Dedicated Outdoor Air Unit (Each Unit)
2. Instrumentation and Controls for HVAC
3. Exhaust Fan (Each Unit)
4. Gas Fired Make-up Air Unit (Each Unit)
C. Refer to Section 01 33 00 - Submittal and Substitution Procedures for Prefunctional
Checklists.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 09 00 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Control Panels
2. Thermostats
3. Carbon Dioxide Sensors
4. Actuators
5. Dampers
6. Wiring
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 23 08 00 – Commissioning of HVAC
2. Section 23 09 93 (15940) - Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls
3. Section 23 73 40 (15731) – Gas Fired Makeup Air Units
4. Section 23 74 33 (15733) – Dedicated Outdoor Air Units
5. Section 23 81 13.13 (15735) – Packaged Terminal Air Conditioning Units
6. Section 23 81 13.15 (15738) – Vertical Packaged Terminal Air Conditioning Units
7. Section 23 81 26 (15738) – Split System Air Conditioners
8. Section 23 09 93 (15940) - Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls
9. Section 25 51 10 – Integrated Automation Control of Guestroom Equipment
10. Section 26 05 19 (16120) – Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Air Movement & Control Association International, Inc. (AMCA) Publications:
1. 500D "Laboratory Methods of Testing Dampers for Rating"
B. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA) Standards Publications:
1. DC 3 “Residential Controls—Electrical Wall-Mounted Room Thermostats”
C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:
1. 70 "National Electric Code"
2. 90A “Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems”
D. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA)
E. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Standards:
1. 486A “Standard For Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use With Copper
Conductors”
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
2. 486B “Standard for Wire Connectors for Use With Aluminum Conductors”
1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Electric/Digital Electronic system consists of sensors, indicators, actuators, final control
elements, interface equipment, other apparatus, and accessories to control mechanical
systems.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
1. Product Data:
a. Include manufacturer's technical literature for each control device. Indicate
dimensions, capacities, performance characteristics, electrical characteristics,
finishes for materials, and installation and startup instructions for each type of
product indicated.
b. Each control device labeled with setting or adjustable range of control.
2. Shop Drawings: For each system to be controlled, prepare a drawing which includes
a system flow diagram, control diagram, sequence of operation and schedule of
components. Control diagrams shall be complete with end-to-end connections of
wiring from component terminal.
3. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit information for all products in accordance
with the requirements of Specification " 01 78 23 (01830) – “Operating and
Maintenance Data”.
B. LEED Submittals:
1. Credit EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance (Applicable to units with economizers.)
a. Shop drawings of economizer which includes a system flow diagram, control
diagram, sequence of operation and schedule of components.
2. Credit EQc1: Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring
a. Product Data and Shop Drawings for carbon dioxide monitoring system.
b. Product Data and Shop Drawings for fan current transducers for DOAS units.
3. Credit EQc6.2: Controllability of Systems- Thermal Comfort
a. Product Data and Shop Drawings for temperature monitoring system.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is an approved installer of the
automatic control system manufacturer for both installation and maintenance of units
required for this Project.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing automatic
temperature-control systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record
of successful in-service performance.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and marked for intended use.
D. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems."
E. The provision of 120 and 208 line voltage and 24 volt low voltage wiring, conduit,
installed in accordance with National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70, “National
Electric Code” and Division 26 of these specifications.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Factory-Mounted Components: Where control devices specified in this Section are
indicated to be factory mounted on equipment, arrange for shipping of control devices to
unit manufacturer.
1.07 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate location of thermostats, humidistats, and other exposed control sensors with
plans and room details before installation.
1.08 TRAINING
A. Submit in accordance with the requirements of specification Section 01 79 00 (01820).
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONTROL PANELS
A. MANUFACTURERS
1. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Siemens USA (800-964-4114).
b. Invensys Controls (formally Siebe Environmental Controls) (630-260-3400)
c. Honeywell Inc., Automation and Control Solutions (800-345-6770)
B. Local Control Panels: Unitized cabinet with suitable brackets for wall or floor mounting,
located adjacent to each system under automatic control. Provide common keying for all
panels.
1. Fabricate panels of 0.06-inch thick, furniture-quality steel, or extruded-aluminum
alloy, totally enclosed, with hinged doors and keyed lock and with manufacturer's
standard shop-painted finish.
2. Panel-Mounted Equipment: Mounted transformers, relays, and automatic switches;
except safety devices. Mount devices with adjustments accessible through front of
panel.
3. Door-Mounted Equipment: Flush-mount (on hinged door) manual switches,
including damper-positioning switches, changeover switches, thermometers, and
gages.
2.02 THERMOSTATS
A. Manufacturers:
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00-4
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Refer to Section 25 51 10 – Integrated Automation Control of Guestroom
Equipment for Smart Digital Thermostats to be used for Guestroom automation
system.
B. Combination Thermostat and Fan Switches: Line-voltage or low voltage thermostat with
two-, three-, or four-position, push-button or lever-operated fan switch.
1. Label switches "FAN ON-OFF," "FAN HIGH-LOW-OFF," "FAN HIGH-MED-LOW-OFF."
Provide unit for mounting on two-gang switch box.
C. Electric solid-state, microcomputer-based room thermostat with remote sensor. (Where
indicated on drawings.)
1. Automatic switching from heating to cooling.
2. Preferential rate control to minimize overshoot and deviation from set point.
3. Set up for four separate temperatures per day.
4. Instant override of set point for continuous or timed period from 1 hour to 31 days.
5. Short-cycle protection.
6. Programming based on every day of week.
7. Selection features include deg F display, 12- or 24-hour clock, keyboard disable,
remote sensor, fan on-auto.
8. Battery replacement without program loss.
9. Thermostat backlit display features include the following:
a. Time of day.
b. Actual room temperature.
c. Programmed temperature.
d. Programmed time.
e. Duration of timed override.
f. Day of week.
g. System mode indications include "heating," "off," "fan auto," and "fan on."
D. Low-Voltage, On-Off Thermostats: NEMA DC 3, 24-V, bimetal-operated, mercury-switch
type, with adjustable or fixed anticipation heater.
E. Line-Voltage, On-Off Thermostats: Bimetal-actuated, open contact or bellows-actuated,
enclosed, snap-switch type, or equivalent solid-state type, with heat anticipator, integral
manual on-off-auto selector switch.
1. Equip thermostats, which control electric heating loads directly, with off position on
dial wired to break ungrounded conductors.
2. Dead Band: Maximum 2 deg F.
F. Room Thermostat Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00-5
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
G. Room thermostat accessories include the following:
1. Insulating Bases: For thermostats located on exterior walls.
2. Thermostat Guards: Locking; heavy-duty, transparent plastic; mounted on separate
base.
3. Adjusting Key: As required for calibration and cover screws.
4. Aspirating Boxes: For flush-mounted aspirating thermostats.
5. Set-Point Adjustment: 1/2-inch-diameter, adjustment knob.
2.03 SENSORS
A. Carbon-Dioxide Sensor and Transmitter: Single detectors, using solid-state infrared
sensors, suitable over a temperature range of 23 to 130 deg F (minus 5 to plus 55 deg C),
calibrated for 0 to 2 percent, with continuous or averaged reading, 4 to 20 mA output,
and wall mounted between three (3) and six (6) feet above the finish floor.
B. Fan Current Transducer on DOAS units: calibrated for 0 to 2 percent, with continuous or
averaged reading, 4 to 20 mA output.
2.04 ACTUATORS
A. Electric Motors: Spring-return type operators, sized to operate with sufficient reserve
power to provide smooth modulating action or two-position action.
1. Permanent Split-Capacitor or Shaded-Pole Type: Gear trains completely oil
immersed and sealed. Equip spring-return motors with integral spiral-spring
mechanism in housings designed for easy removal for service or adjustment of limit
switches, auxiliary switches, or feedback potentiometer.
2. Temperature Rating: Minus 22 to plus 122 deg F.
3. Damper Operator Mounting: Mount damper operators where accessible for
maintenance.
a. If located outside the duct or casing, mount operators on a 14 gauge reinforced
support plate arranged to allow insulation between the support plate and the
face of the duct or casing.
b. Brace damper operators rigid to show no deflection or movement over the full
range of the damper stroke.
2.05 DAMPERS
A. Dampers: Factory fabricated AMCA-rated opposed blade design of extruded aluminum,
galvanized steel, with metallic antifriction nonferrous bearings.
1. Blades shall be secured to 1/2-inch diameter, zinc-plated axles using zinc-plated
hardware, with nylon blade bearings, blade-linkage hardware of zinc-plated steel
and brass, ends sealed against spring-stainless-steel blade bearings, and thrust
bearings at each end of every blade.
2. Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00-6
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
3. Pressure Rating: Rated for leakage at less than 10 cfm per sq. ft. of damper area, at
differential pressure of 4 inches wg when damper is being held by torque of 50 in. x
lbf when tested according to AMCA 500D.
4. Shafts and Bearings: Provide cadmium plated steel shafts in permanently lubricated
bronze sleeve bearings or permanently lubricated ball bearings.
5. Blade: Reinforced or ribbed blades shall not exceed 8 inches in width nor 48 inches
in length.
a. Blades shall be constructed of 16 gage (minimum) galvanized steel or extruded
aluminum.
b. Flat or un-reinforced blades will not be acceptable.
c. Damper sections exceeding 4 feet in width or 4 feet height shall be constructed
with multiple frames and linkages.
6. Frames: Construct frames of factory welded 13 gage (minimum) galvanized steel
hot dipped after construction or bolted extruded aluminum frames.
a. Dampers larger than 8 square feet in area shall have corner bracing gussets at
each corner welded to the damper frame.
7. Linkages: Provide linkages to uniformly transmit damper operating forces to each
damper blade.
a. Construct linkages of galvanized or cadmium plated steel or stainless steel.
b. Bearings and joints shall be ball and socket or sleeve bearings of brass, bronze
or stainless steel, with plated bolts and locking nuts.
8. Seals: Provide mechanically attached elastomer or neoprene blade tip seal along the
full length of each blade edge and flexible stainless steel seals along damper blade
ends where the blades abut the frame. Adhesives or staples will not be acceptable.
9. Damper Mounting: Mount dampers to casings and ductwork in conformance with
SMACNA standards. Provide welded or bolted galvanized steel structural supports
for dampers larger than 20 square feet. Through bolt damper frames to structural
supports.
10. Submit information showing leakage and flow characteristics, and schedule showing
sizes, locations and actuators.
2.06 WIRING
A. General: Provide a complete system of electric wiring for temperature control apparatus
including control power transformers and wiring to the transformer primary.
B. Insulation Level: Control circuit conductors which run in the same conduit as power
circuit conductors shall have the same insulation level as adjacent power conductors.
C. NFPA 70: All wiring shall conform to the requirements of the NFPA 70.
D. Wiring: Wire for low voltage AC shall be minimum 300 volt insulated copper No. 18
AWG or larger conforming to NFPA 70, Type MTW, THHN or TFFN.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00-7
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1. For low voltage DC and an electronic circuit carrying less than 0.5 amperes, cables of
two or more conductors not smaller than No. 18 AWG solid copper or No. 18 AWG
solid copper if not shielded may be used in lieu of individual wires.
2. Cables carrying analog signals shall be shielded.
3. Cables shall be terminated in solder or screw type terminal strips.
4. Cables shall not be tapped at any intermediate points.
5. All wire shall not be color coded or numbered for identification. Identify as
indicated on shop drawings and “As-Built” drawings.
6. Wire terminating in screw type terminal strips shall have pressure connectors
conforming to UL 486A, “Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use With Copper
Conductors”, or UL 486B, “Wire Connectors for Use With Aluminum Conductors”.
7. Wire terminations without connectors or travelling pressure pads will not be
accepted.
2.07 ECONOMIZER CONTROL
A. General: Provide economizer control for all units over 5.4 tons
B. All economizers must meet the requirements of the Advanced Buildings Core
Performance Guide Criteria 2.13 – Fundamental Economizer Performance.
2.08 KITCHEN HOOD CONTROL
A. Manufacturers:
1. Avendra, LLC Preferred Manufacturers:
a. None.
2. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Melink Corporation (513-965-7300)
B. Demand Ventilation Control: Unitized the Melink Intelli-Hood system.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that duct-, pipe-, and equipment-mounted devices and wiring are installed before
proceeding with installation.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install equipment level and plumb.
B. Verify location of thermostats and other exposed control sensors with plans and room
details before installation, unless otherwise indicated on the mechanical, electrical, or
architectural drawings. Locate all wall mounted devices 60 inches above the floor.
C. Install guards on thermostats in the following locations:
1. Where indicated on drawings.
D. Install damper motors on duct exterior. Do not locate operators exposed to outdoor
temperatures. Arrange actuators to “Fail Safe” in the event of power failure.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00-8
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
E. Install labels and nameplates to identify control components according to Section
23 05 53 (15075) - " Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
3.03 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONNECTION INSTALLATION
A. Install raceways, boxes, and cabinets according to Division 26.
B. Install building wire and cable according to Section 26 05 19 (16120) - "Low Voltage
Electrial Power Conductors and Cables."
C. Install signal and communication cable according to Division 26.
1. Conceal cable, except in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and
piping are exposed.
2. Install exposed cable in raceway.
3. Bundle and harness multi-conductor instrument cable in place of single cables
where several cables follow a common path.
4. Fasten flexible conductors, bridging cabinets and doors, along hinge side; protect
against abrasion. Tie and support conductors.
5. Number-code or color-code conductors for future identification and service of
control system, except local individual room control cables.
D. Connect manual-reset limit controls independent of manual-control switch positions.
Automatic duct heater resets may be connected in interlock circuit of power controllers.
E. Connect hand-off-auto selector switches to override automatic interlock controls when
switch is in hand position.
F. All wall-mounted space sensors such as thermostats shall be securely anchored to an
electrical box. Do not mount devices directly to the wall surfaces.
G. Identification: Labor or color code each filed wire and conduit at each controller and
controlled device.
1. Identification shall be permanent and not subject to fading.
2. Permanently mark terminal blocks at wire termination points.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm
proper unit operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.
B. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment, and retest.
C. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.
1. Start, test, and adjust control systems.
2. Demonstrate compliance with requirements, including calibration and testing, and
control sequences.
3. Adjust, calibrate, and fine tune circuits and equipment to achieve sequence of
operation specified.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00-9
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
3.05 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A. Demonstration: Include start-up, automatic and manual operation, and emergency
modes of use in accordance with the prescribed sequence of operations. Should the
HVAC system demonstration fail to operate properly, the system shall be repaired,
recalibrated, and retested as necessary.
B. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain control systems
and components.
1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and
stopping, troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment and schedules.
2. Conduct training as specified in Section 01 79 00 (01820) - "Training”.
3.06 POST OCCUPANCY ON-SITE ASSISTANCE
A. Occupancy Adjustments: Within one year of date of Substantial Completion, provide up
to three 2-hour on-site Project visits, when requested by Owner, to adjust and calibrate
components and to assist Owner's personnel in making program changes, adjust sensors
and controls to suit actual conditions, and assist in the diagnostics of HVAC problems.
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 23 09 93-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 09 93 - SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Control Sequences for HVAC Systems, Subsystems, and Equipment.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 23 09 00 (15900) - Instrumentation and Control for HVAC.
1.02 SEQUENCES
A. (FCU) Split System Fan Coil Units
1. Service: As shown on the drawings.
2. Where required, duct mounted addressable Smoke Detector shall stop unit and
notify building fire alarm system upon detection of smoke.
3. Provide complete with fan selector and sub-base with fan ON/OFF/AUTO switch.
4. With system switch in “AUTO” position, heating or cooling shall be provided as
required via automatic changeover, fan shall run continuously.
5. With system switch in “COOL” position, cooling shall cycle on in stages when space
temperature exceeds thermostat set point.
6. With system switch in “HEAT” position, heat shall cycle on in stages when space
temperature is below thermostat set point.
7. In all occupied sequences, the outside air damper shall be set to the minimum
position.
8. CO2 sensors shall begin to increase ventilation at a CO2 concentration of 800 ppm,
and allow a maximum concentration of 950 ppm in the space. If a differential
setpoint with outside conditions is established, the setpoint should maintain a CO2
differential of between inside and outside of no greater than 530 ppm.
B. Fans
1. Service: As shown on the drawings.
2. Integral thermostat shall cycle fan and resistance heat to maintain space set point
temperature.
C. Kitchen Hood Exhaust
1. The contractor shall interlock the related supply and exhaust fans with the kitchen
hood. When the kitchen hood is activated, a signal shall be sent to start the exhaust
fan, open the outside air damper and start the supply fan or makeup air unit.
2. When the kitchen hood is deactivated, a signal shall be sent to stop the supply fan,
close the outside air damper and stop the exhaust fan.
D. Dedicated Outdoor Air Unit:
1. This unit shall run continuously, 24 hours per day.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 23 09 93-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
2. Fan current transducer shall generate a visual alarm when current draw from fan
varies more than 10% from the expected value.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 11 23-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 11 23 - FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Pipe, Fittings and Joining Materials.
2. Protective Coating.
3. Piping Specialties.
4. Valves.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements
2. Section 09 90 00 (09900) - Painting
3. Section 22 34 00 (15486) – Fuel-Fired, Domestic Water Heaters
4. Section 23 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for HVAC
5. Section 23 05 29 (15060) - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment:
For pipe hanger restraints.
6. Section 33 00 00 (02500) - Utility Services: For natural gas service piping,
specialties, and accessories outside the building.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Publications:
1. Z21.15/CGA 9.1 “Manually Operated Gas Valves for Appliances, Appliance Connector
Valves and Hose End Valves”
2. Z21.21 “Automatic Valves for Gas Appliances (same as CSA 6.5)”
3. Z21.24/CGA 6.10 “Connectors for Gas Appliances”
4. Z21.41/CSA 6.9 “Quick Disconnect Devices for Use with Gas Fuel Appliances”
5. Z21.70 “Earthquake Actuated Automatic Gas Shutoff Systems”
B. The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Publications:
1. B1.20.1 "Pipe Threads, General Purpose, Inch"
2. B16.1 “Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings”
3. B16.3 “Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings”
4. B16.5 “Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings”
5. B16.9 “Factory-Made Wrought Buttwelding Fittings”
6. B16.11 “Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded”
7. B16.24 “Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 150, 300, 400,
600, 900, 1500 and 2500”
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 11 23-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
8. B16.33 “Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves for Use in Gas Piping Systems up to
125 psi (Sizes NPS ½ through NPS 2)”
9. B16.38 “Large Metallic Valves For Gas Distribution (Manually Operated NPS-2 1/2
To 12,125 PSIG Max)”
10. B16.39 “Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe Unions”
C. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and
Materials)
1. A53 "Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated,
Welded and Seamless"
D. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry. (MSS)
Publications:
1. SP-70 “Gray Iron Gate Valves Flanged and Threaded Ends”
2. SP-78 “Socket Welding Reducer Inserts”
E. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:
1. 54 “National Fuel Gas Code (ANSI Z223.1)”
F. The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC) Publications:
1. Paint - Paint and Coating Standards and Specifications
a. Paint 16 “Brush-Off Blast Cleaning of Coated and Uncoated Galvanized Steel,
Stainless Steels, and Non-Ferrous Metals”
G. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL):
1. "Gas and Oil Equipment Directory"
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
1. Product Data for the following:
a. Piping systems. Include associated components.
b. Specialty valves. Include pressure rating, capacity, settings, and electrical
connection data of selected models.
c. Pressure regulators. Include pressure rating, capacity, and settings of selected
models.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ANSI Standard: Comply with ANSI Z223.1, "National Fuel Gas Code."
B. IAS Standard: Provide components listed in IAS's "Directory of A. G. A. and C. G. A
Certified Appliances and Accessories" if specified to be IAS listed.
C. UL Standard: Provide components listed in UL's "Gas and Oil Equipment Directory" if
specified to be UL listed.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 11 23-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Gas System Pressure: As indicated on Drawings
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Gas Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller:
a. Crane Valves (800-323-3679)
b. Milwaukee Valve Co., Inc. (262-432-2700)
c. Mueller Co.; Mueller Gas Products Div. (217-423-4471)
2. Plug Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger:
a. Milliken Valve Co., Inc. (610-861-8803)
b. Mueller Co.; Mueller Gas Products Div. (217-423-4471)
3. Automatic Gas Valves:
a. ASCO General Controls (800-524-1023)
b. ASCO Power Technologies, LP; Division of Emerson (800-800-2726)
c. Honeywell, Inc. (800-328-5111)
4. UL -Listed Earthquake Valves:
a. Energy Pacific (800-638-2032)
b. Safe T Quake Corp. (800-833-5353)
c. Seismic Safety Products, Inc. (800-948-3782)
5. Service Pressure Regulators:
a. American Meter Co. (215-830-1800)
b. Invensys Metering Systems (800-375-8875)
c. Fisher Controls, Division of Emerson. (800-558-5853)
2.02 PIPING MATERIALS
A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and
joining materials.
2.03 PIPES, TUBES, FITTINGS, AND JOINING MATERIALS
A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53; Type E or S; Grade B; Schedule 40; black.
1. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern, with
threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1.
2. Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat, ground
joint, and threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1.
3. Cast-Iron Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Class 125.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 11 23-4
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
4. Steel Welding Fittings: ASME B16.9, wrought steel or ASME B16.11, forged steel.
5. Steel Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.11, forged steel with threaded ends according to
ASME B1.20.1.
6. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas.
7. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5.
8. Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for natural gas.
B. Transition Fittings: Type, material, and end connections to match piping being joined.
C. Common Joining Materials: Refer to Section 23 05 00 - "Common Work Results for
HVAC" for joining materials not in this Section.
2.04 PROTECTIVE COATING
A. Paint all exterior exposed gas piping with two coats of rust inhibitive paint.
2.05 PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. Flexible Connectors: ANSI Z21.24, copper alloy.
B. Quick-Disconnect Devices: ANSI Z21.41, convenience outlets and matching plug
connector.
C. Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1 for pipe
threads.
D. Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged ends according to ASME B16.5 for steel
flanges and according to ASME B16.24 for copper and copper-alloy flanges.
E. Appliance Connector Valves: ANSI Z21.15 and IAS listed.
F. Gas Stops: Bronze body with AGA stamp, plug type with bronze plug and flat or square
head, ball type with chrome-plated brass ball and lever handle, or butterfly valve with
stainless-steel disc and fluorocarbon elastomer seal and lever handle; 2-psig (13.8-kPa)
minimum pressure rating.
G. Gas Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: ASME B16.33 and IAS-listed bronze body and
125-psig pressure rating.
H. Plug Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: ASME B16.38 and MSS SP-78 cast-iron,
lubricated plug valves, with 125-psig pressure rating.
I. General-Duty Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: ASME B16.38, cast-iron body,
suitable for fuel gas service, with "WOG" indicated on valve body, and 125-psig pressure
rating.
1. Gate Valves: MSS SP-70, OS&Y type with solid wedge.
J. Automatic Gas Valves: ANSI Z21.21, with electrical or mechanical operator for actuation
by appliance automatic shutoff device.
K. Earthquake Valves: FM approved or listed in IAS Directory as complying with
ANSI Z21.70 and UL listed. Include mechanical operator.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 11 23-5
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Comply with NFPA 54 (ANSI Z223.1), "Prevention of Accidental Ignition" Paragraph.
3.02 SERVICE ENTRANCE PIPING
A. Extend fuel gas piping and connect to fuel gas distribution for service entrance to
building.
1. Exterior fuel gas distribution system piping, service pressure regulator, and service
meter will be provided by gas utility.
B. Install strainer upstream from each earthquake valve. Refer to Section 22 10 13 -
"Plumbing Specialties" for strainers.
3.03 CONCRETE BASE INSTALLATION
A. Locate bases at service meters and service regulators.
B. Excavate earth and make level beds to support bases. Set bases level with top surface
projecting approximately 3 inches above grade.
3.04 PIPING APPLICATIONS
A. Flanges, unions, transition, and special fittings with pressure ratings same as or higher
than system pressure rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise
indicated.
B. Fuel Gas Piping, 5 psig or Less: Use the following:
1. NPS 3/4 (DN 20) steel pipe, malleable-iron threaded fittings, and threaded joints.
2. NPS 3/4 and NPS 1 (DN 20 and DN 25): Steel pipe, malleable-iron threaded fittings,
and threaded joints.
a. Option: Soft copper tube, copper fittings, and brazed joints may be used for
runouts at individual appliances.
3. NPS 1-1/4 to NPS 2 (DN 32 to DN 50): Steel pipe, malleable-iron threaded fittings,
and threaded joints.
4. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and
welded joints.
5. Larger Than NPS 4 (DN 100): Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and welded joints.
3.05 VALVE APPLICATIONS
A. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 psig or Less: Appliance connector valve or gas
stop.
B. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 to 5 psig: Gas stop or gas valve.
C. Piping Line Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Gas valve.
D. Piping Line Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Plug valve or general-duty valve.
E. Valves at Service Meter, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Gas valve.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 11 23-6
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
F. Valves at Service Meter, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Plug valve.
3.06 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Refer to Section 23 05 00 - "Common Work Results for HVAC" for basic piping
installation requirements.
B. Concealed Locations: Except as specified below, install concealed gas piping in airtight
conduit constructed of Schedule 40, seamless, black steel pipe with welded joints. Vent
conduit to outside and terminate with screened vent cap.
1. Above-Ceiling Locations: Gas piping may be installed in accessible spaces, subject to
approval of authorities having jurisdiction, whether or not such spaces are used as
plenums. Do not locate valves above ceilings.
2. In Floors: Gas piping with welded joints and protective wrapping specified in
"Protective Coating" Article in Part 2 may be installed in floors, subject to approval
of authorities having jurisdiction. Surround piping cast in concrete slabs with
minimum of 1-1/2 inches of concrete. Piping may not be in physical contact with
other metallic structures such as reinforcing rods or electrically neutral conductors.
Do not embed piping in concrete slabs containing quick-set additives or cinder
aggregate.
3. In Floor Channels: Gas piping may be installed in floor channels, subject to approval
of authorities having jurisdiction. Channels must have cover and be open to space
above cover for ventilation.
4. In Partitions: Do not install concealed piping in solid partitions. Protect tubing from
physical damage when installed inside partitions or hollow walls.
a. Exception: Tubing passing through partitions or walls.
5. In Walls: Gas piping with welded joints and protective wrapping specified in
"Protective Coating" Article in Part 2 may be installed in masonry walls, subject to
approval of authorities having jurisdiction.
6. Prohibited Locations: Do not install gas piping in or through circulating air ducts,
clothes or trash chutes, chimneys or gas vents (flues), ventilating ducts, or
dumbwaiter or elevator shafts.
a. Exception: Accessible above-ceiling space specified above.
C. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect. Include
outlets of service meters. Locate where readily accessible for cleaning and emptying. Do
not install where condensate would be subject to freezing.
1. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or
capped. Use minimum-length nipple of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches
(75 mm) long, and same size as connected pipe. Install with space between bottom
of drip and floor for removal of plug or cap.
D. Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade
or floors, and in floor channels, unless indicated to be exposed to view.
E. Install fuel gas piping at uniform grade of 0.1 percent slope upward toward risers.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 11 23-7
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
F. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level
side down.
G. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping.
H. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final
connection to each piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Unions are not
required on flanged devices.
I. Install strainer on inlet of each line pressure regulator and automatic and electrically
operated valve.
J. Install flanges on valves, specialties, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and
larger connections.
K. Install vent piping for gas pressure regulators and gas trains, extend outside building,
and vent to atmosphere. Terminate vents with turned-down, reducing-elbow fittings
with corrosion-resistant insect screens in large end.
L. Install containment conduits for gas piping below slabs, within building, in gastight
conduits extending minimum of 4 inches outside building, and vented to atmosphere.
Terminate vents with turned-down, reducing-elbow fittings with corrosion-resistant
insect screens in large end. Prepare and paint outside of conduits with coal-tar, epoxy-
polyamide paint according to SSPC-Paint 16.
3.07 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Refer to Section 23 05 00 "Common Work Results for HVAC" for basic piping joint
construction.
B. Use materials suitable for fuel gas.
1. Brazed Joints: Make with brazing alloy with melting point greater than 1000 deg F.
Brazing alloys containing phosphorus are prohibited.
3.08 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Refer to Section 23 05 29 - "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for
pipe hanger and support devices.
B. Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and
minimum rod sizes:
1. NPS 1 (DN 25) and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
2. NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32): Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum
rod size, 3/8 inch.
4. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN 65 to DN 90): Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod
size, 1/2 inch.
5. NPS 4 (DN 100) and Larger: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 5/8 inch.
3.09 CONNECTIONS
A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of fuel gas piping, fittings, and specialties.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 11 23-8
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
B. Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance.
C. Connect piping to appliances using gas with shutoff valves and unions. Install valve
upstream from and within 72 inches of each appliance. Install union downstream from
valve.
D. Sediment Traps: Install tee fitting with capped nipple in bottom to form drip, as close as
practical to inlet of each appliance using gas.
3.10 PAINTING
A. Use materials and procedures in Section 09 90 00 "Painting”
B. Paint exterior service meters, pressure regulators, specialty valves, and piping.
1. Color: Gray.
3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect, test, and purge piping according to NFPA 54 (ANSI Z223.1), Part 4 "Inspection,
Testing, and Purging," and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest system until satisfactory results
are obtained.
C. Report test results promptly and in writing to Owner’s Representative and authorities
having jurisdiction.
D. Verify capacities and pressure ratings of service meters, pressure regulators, valves, and
specialties.
E. Verify correct pressure settings for pressure regulators.
F. Verify that specified piping tests are complete.
3.12 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust controls and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
safety devices.
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
REFRIGERANT PIPING 23 23 00-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 23 00 - REFRIGERANT PIPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Tubes.
2. Fittings.
3. Joining Materials.
4. Specialties.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements
2. Section 07 92 00 (07920) - Joint Sealants
3. Section 07 84 00 (07840) - Firestopping: Firestopping materials and requirements
for penetrations through fire and smoke barriers.
4. Section 23 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for HVAC
5. Section 23 05 29 (15060) - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment:
for pipe hanger restraints.
6. Section 23 05 53 (15075) – Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment
7. Section 23 07 00 (15083) - HVAC Insulation
1.02 REFERENCES
1. ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration."
B. The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Publications:
1. “Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code”
2. B16.22 “Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings”
3. B31.5 “Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components”
C. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and
Materials)
1. B88 “Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube”
2. B280 “Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and
Refrigeration Field Service”
D. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:
1. A5.8 "Specification for Filler Metals For Brazing And Braze Welding"
E. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry. (MSS)
Publications:
1. SP-69 “ANSI/MSS Edition Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application”
F. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Standards:
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
REFRIGERANT PIPING 23 23 00-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1. 207 “Standard for Refrigerant-Containing Components and Accessories,
Nonelectrical”
2. 429 “Standard for Electrically Operated Valves”
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
1. Product Data for each valve type and refrigerant piping specialty specified.
2. Refrigerant piping indicated is schematic only. Contractor shall size and design the
piping configuration and install the piping, including oil traps, double risers,
specialties, and pipe and tube sizes, to ensure proper operation and conformance
with warranties of connected equipment.
3. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article
to demonstrate their capabilities and experience.
4. Maintenance data for refrigerant valves and piping specialties to include in the
operation and maintenance manual specified in Division 01 Sections.
B. LEED Submittals:
1. Credit EQc4.1: Low-Emitting Materials: VOC Data for Adhesives and Sealants:
a. Product Data or other documentation for each product/material highlighting
VOC content information.
1) Refer to VOC limit tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality
Requirements” for VOC limits for adhesive and sealant products in this
Section.
b. Complete the LEED VOC Submittal Form as provided in Section 01 33 00
“Submittal and Substitution Procedures, for products in this Section.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ASME Compliance: Qualify brazing and welding processes and operators according to
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following codes:
1. ASME B31.5, "Refrigeration Piping."
2. ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration."
C. UL Standard: Provide products complying with UL 207, "Refrigerant-Containing
Components and Accessories, Non-electrical"; or UL 429, "Electrically Operated Valves."
D. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are UL listed and
labeled.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Refrigerant Valves and Specialties:
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
REFRIGERANT PIPING 23 23 00-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
a. Henry Pratt Company, Subsidiary of Mueller Water Products, Inc. (877-436-
7966)
b. Parker-Hannifin Corporation; Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Division (800-
272-7537)
c. Sporlan Valve Company (314-647-2775)
2.02 TUBES
A. Use pre-charged tubing where possible.
B. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B280, Type ACR, annealed temper.
2.03 TUBE FITTINGS
A. Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought-copper streamlined pattern.
2.04 JOINING MATERIALS
A. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, Classification BAg-1 (Silver).
2.05 REFRIGERANT PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. Moisture/Liquid Indicators: 600-psig operating pressure, 200 deg F operating
temperature; forged-brass body, with replaceable, polished, optical viewing window
with color-coded moisture indicator, and solder-end connections.
B. Permanent Filter-Dryer: 600-psig maximum operating pressure, 225 deg F maximum
operating temperature; steel shell, and wrought-copper fittings for solder-end
connections; molded-felt core surrounded by desiccant.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine roughing-in for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and
other conditions affecting performance of refrigerant piping. Do not proceed with
installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 APPLICATIONS
A. Above ground, within Building: Type ACR drawn-copper tubing.
B. Below ground for 2-Inch NPS (DN50) and Smaller: Type L (Type B) annealed-copper
tubing installed in schedule 40 PVC sleeve.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install refrigerant piping according to ASHRAE 15.
B. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Section 23 05 00 (15050) -
"Common Work Results For HVAC."
C. Install piping in short and direct arrangement, with minimum number of joints, elbows,
and fittings.
D. Arrange piping to allow normal inspection and service of compressor and other
equipment. Install valves and specialties in accessible locations to allow for service and
inspection.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
REFRIGERANT PIPING 23 23 00-4
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
E. Install piping with adequate clearance between pipe and adjacent walls and hangers, or
between pipes for insulation installation. Use sleeves through floors, walls, or ceilings,
sized to permit installation of full-thickness insulation. Maximum fill: 40%
F. Below ground, install copper tubing in schedule 40 PVC conduit. Vent conduit outdoors.
G. Insulate suction lines.
1. Do not install insulation until system testing has been completed and all leaks have
been eliminated.
H. Install branch lines to parallel compressors of equal length, and pipe identically and
symmetrically.
I. Install copper tubing in rigid or flexible conduit in locations where copper tubing will be
exposed to mechanical injury.
J. Slope refrigerant piping as follows:
1. Install horizontal suction lines with a uniform slope of 0.4 percent downward to
compressor.
2. Install traps and double risers where indicated and where required to entrain oil in
vertical runs.
3. Liquid lines may be installed level.
K. Use fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
L. Install exposed piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are not
permitted, unless expressly indicated.
M. Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fittings installed with level side down.
N. Provide bypass around moisture-liquid indicators in lines larger than 2-inch NPS
(DN50).
O. Install unions to allow removal of solenoid valves, pressure-regulating valves, expansion
valves, and at connections to compressors and evaporators.
P. Install refrigerant valves according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Q. When brazing, remove solenoid-valve coils; remove sight glasses; and remove stems,
seats, and packing of valves, and accessible internal parts of refrigerant specialties. Do
not apply heat near bulb of expansion valve.
R. Electrical wiring for solenoid valves is specified in Division 16 Sections. Coordinate
electrical requirements and connections.
S. Charge and purge systems, after testing, dispose of refrigerant following ASHRAE 15
procedures.
3.04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Hangers, supports, and anchors are specified in Section 23 05 29 - "Hangers
and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." Provide according to ASME B31.5 and
MSS SP-69.
B. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod
sizes. Tube sizes are nominal or standard tube sizes as expressed in ASTM B88.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
REFRIGERANT PIPING 23 23 00-5
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1. 1/2 Inch: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.
2. 5/8 Inch: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.
3. 1 Inch: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.
4. 1-1/4 Inches: Maximum span, 72 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.
5. 1-1/2 Inches: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
3.05 PIPE INSULATION
A. Piping insulation is specified in Section 23 07 00 “HVAC Insulation”.
3.06 SPECIALTIES APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION
A. Install permanent filter dryers in low-temperature systems using hermetic compressors,
and before each solenoid valve.
3.07 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Basic pipe and tube joint construction is specified in Section 23 05 00 - "Common Work
Results for HVAC."
B. Fill pipe and fittings with an inert gas (nitrogen or carbon dioxide) during brazing to
prevent formation of scale.
3.08 VALVE INSTALLATIONS
A. Install refrigerant valves according to manufacturer's written instructions.
3.09 CONNECTIONS
A. Electrical: Conform to applicable requirements of Division 26 Sections for electrical
connections.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect and test refrigerant piping according to ASME B31.5, Chapter VI.
1. Pressure test with nitrogen to 200 psig. Perform final tests at 27-psig vacuum and
200 psig using halide torch or electronic leak detector. Test to no leakage.
B. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
C. Repair leaks using new materials; retest.
3.11 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust thermostatic expansion valve to obtain proper evaporator superheat
requirements.
3.12 CLEANING
A. Before installation of copper tubing other than Type ACR, clean tubing and fittings with
trichloroethylene.
3.13 COMMISSIONING
A. Charge system using the following procedures:
1. Install core in filter dryer after leak test, but before evacuation.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
REFRIGERANT PIPING 23 23 00-6
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
2. Evacuate refrigerant system with vacuum pump until temperature of 35 deg is
indicated on vacuum dehydration indicator.
3. During evacuation, apply heat to pockets, elbows, and low spots in piping.
4. Maintain vacuum on system for minimum of 5 hours after closing valve between
vacuum pump and system.
5. Break vacuum with refrigerant gas, allowing pressure to build up to 2 psig.
6. Complete charging of system, using new filter-dryer core in charging line. Provide
full-operating charge.
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 31 13 - METAL DUCTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Sheet Metal Materials.
2. Duct Liner.
3. Sealant Materials.
4. Hangers and Supports.
5. Duct Fabrication.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements
2. Section 07 81 33 (07845) – Mineral-Fiber Fireproofing: For fire-resistant grease
duct wrap assemblies.
3. Section 07 84 00 (07840) - Firestopping: For fire-resistant sealants for use around
duct penetrations and fire-damper installations in fire-rated floors, partitions, and
walls.
4. Section 08 31 00 (08310) - Access Doors: For wall- and ceiling-mounted access
doors for access to concealed ducts.
5. Section 23 05 93 (15950) - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing: For air balancing and
final adjusting of manual-volume dampers.
6. Section 23 07 00 (15081) – HVAC Insulation: For duct insulation.
7. Section 23 33 00 (15820) – Air Duct Accessories: For dampers, sound-control
devices, duct-mounted access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts.
8. Section 23 37 00 (15850) - Air Outlets and Inlets
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and
Materials)
1. A36 “Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel”
2. A336 “Standard Specification for Alloy Steel Forgings for Pressure and High-
Temperature Parts”
3. A480 “Standard Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Stainless and
Heat-Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip”
4. A653 "Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron
Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process”
5. C168 “Standard Terminology Relating to Thermal Insulation”
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
6. C411 “Standard Test Method for Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature
Thermal Insulation”
7. C916 “Standard Specification for Adhesives for Duct Thermal Insulation”
8. C920 “Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants”
9. C1071 “Standard Specification for Fibrous Glass Duct Lining Insulation (Thermal
and Sound Absorbing Material)”
B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:
1. D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel"
2. D1.2 "Structural Welding Code--Aluminum"
3. D9.1 “Sheet Metal Welding Code“
C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:
1. 90A “Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems”
2. 90B “Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning
Systems”
3. 96 “Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking
Operations”
D. North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (NAIMA) Publications:
1. AH124 "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard."
E. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA)
Publications:
1. “HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual”
2. “HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible”
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Thermal Conductivity and Apparent Thermal Conductivity (k-Value): As defined in
ASTM C168.
1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Duct system design, as indicated, has been used to select and size air-moving and -
distribution equipment and other components of air system. Changes to layout or
configuration of duct system must be specifically approved in writing by the Engineer of
Record. Accompany requests for layout modifications with calculations showing that
proposed layout will provide original design results without increasing system total
pressure.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
1. Product Data:
a. For duct liner and sealing materials.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
2. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates indicating welding procedures and
personnel comply with requirements in "Quality Assurance" Article.
3. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with
performance requirements.
4. Record Drawings: Indicate actual routing, fitting details, reinforcement, support,
and installed accessories and devices.
5. Prerequisite EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance
a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/
ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2004, Section 6.4.4 - "HVAC System
Construction and Insulation."
b. Duct Leakage Test Report indicating compliance with all applicable
requirements in ANSI/ ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2004, Section 6.4.4.2.2 -
"Duct Leakage Tests."
6. Prerequisite EQp1: Minimum IAQ Performance
a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/
ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 62.1-2004, Section 5 – "Systems and Equipment."
b. Duct-Cleaning Test Report indicating compliance with all applicable
requirements in ANSI/ ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 62.1-2004, Section 7.2.4 -
"Ventilation System Start-Up."
7. Credit MRc4.1 and 4.2: Recycled Content:
a. Product Data or other documentation for each product/material highlighting
recycled content information.
b. Complete the LEED Materials Submittal Form as provided in Section 01 33 00
“Submittal and Substitution Procedures, for products in this Section.
8. Credit EQc4.1: Low-Emitting Materials: VOC Data for Adhesives and Sealants:
a. Product Data or other documentation for each product/material highlighting
VOC content information.
1) Refer to VOC limit tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality
Requirements” for VOC limits for adhesive and sealant products in this
Section.
b. Complete the LEED VOC Submittal Form as provided in Section 01 33 00
“Submittal and Substitution Procedures, for products in this Section.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding Standards: Qualify welding procedures and welding personnel to perform
welding processes for this Project according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--
Steel" for hangers and supports; AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code--Aluminum," for
aluminum supporting members; and AWS D9.1, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for duct
joint and seam welding.
B. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems,"
unless otherwise indicated.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-4
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
C. Comply with NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning
Systems," unless otherwise indicated.
D. Comply with NFPA 96, "Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking
Operations," Chapter 3, "Duct System," for range hood ducts, unless otherwise indicated.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver and store stainless-steel sheets with mill-applied adhesive protective paper
maintained through fabrication and installation.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SHEET METAL MATERIALS
A. Galvanized, Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality; ASTM A653, G90 coating designation;
mill-phosphatized finish for surfaces of ducts exposed to view.
B. Carbon-Steel Sheets: ASTM A366, cold-rolled sheets; commercial quality; with oiled,
exposed matte finish.
C. Stainless Steel: ASTM A480, Type 316, sheet form with No. 4 finish for surfaces of ducts
exposed to view; and Type 304, sheet form with No. 1 finish for concealed ducts.
D. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized steel reinforcement where installed on
galvanized, sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel
ducts.
E. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for 36-inch length or less; 3/8-
inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches.
2.02 DUCT LINER
A. General: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and NAIMA's "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner
Standard."
B. Materials: ASTM C1071 with coated surface exposed to airstream to prevent erosion of
glass fibers.
1. Thickness: 1 inch.
2. Thermal Conductivity (k-Value): 0.26 at 75 deg F mean temperature.
3. Fire-Hazard Classification: Maximum flame-spread rating of 25 and smoke-
developed rating of 50, when tested according to ASTM C411.
4. Liner Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and ASTM C916.
a. Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), or as listed in VOC limit
tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality Requirements”. Products
furnished shall comply with whichever VOC content requirement is more
stringent.
5. Mechanical Fasteners: Galvanized steel, suitable for adhesive attachment,
mechanical attachment, or welding attachment to duct without damaging liner
when applied as recommended by manufacturer and without causing leakage in
duct.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-5
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
a. Tensile Strength: Indefinitely sustain a 50-lb- tensile, dead-load test
perpendicular to duct wall.
b. Fastener Pin Length: As required for thickness of insulation and without
projecting more than 1/8 inch into airstream.
c. Adhesive for Attaching Mechanical Fasteners: Comply with fire-hazard
classification of duct liner system.
1) Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), or as listed in VOC
limit tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality Requirements”.
Products furnished shall comply with whichever VOC content requirement
is more stringent.
2.03 SEALANT MATERIALS
A. Joint and Seam Sealants, General: The term "sealant" is not limited to materials of
adhesive or mastic nature but includes tapes and combinations of open-weave fabric
strips and mastics.
1. Joint and Seam Tape: 2 inches wide; glass-fiber fabric reinforced.
2. Joint and Seam Sealant: One-part, nonsag, solvent-release-curing, polymerized butyl
sealant, formulated with a minimum of 75 percent solids.
3. Flanged Joint Mastics: One-part, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric joint sealants,
complying with ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O.
a. Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), or as listed in VOC limit
tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality Requirements”. Products
furnished shall comply with whichever VOC content requirement is more
stringent.
2.04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel
fasteners appropriate for building materials.
1. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or
for slabs more than 4 inches thick.
2. Exception: Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-
aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick.
B. Hanger Materials: Galvanized, sheet steel or round, threaded steel rod.
1. Hangers Installed in Corrosive Atmospheres: Electrogalvanized, all-thread rod or
galvanized rods with threads painted after installation.
2. Straps and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--
Metal and Flexible" for sheet steel width and thickness and for steel rod diameters.
C. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws;
compatible with duct materials.
D. Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes complying with ASTM A36/A36M.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-6
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1. Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel shapes and plates.
2. Supports for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel support materials.
2.05 FABRICATION - RECTANGULAR DUCT
A. General: Fabricate ducts, elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections, and other
construction with galvanized, sheet steel, according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible." Comply with requirements for metal
thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie-rod applications, and joint types and
intervals.
1. Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and
rigidity class required for pressure classification.
2. Materials: Free from visual imperfections such as pitting, seam marks, roller marks,
stains, and discolorations.
B. Fabricate range hood exhaust ducts with 0.0598-inch-thick, carbon-steel sheet for
concealed ducts and 0.0500-inch-thick stainless steel for exposed ducts. Weld and flange
seams and joints. Comply with NFPA 96.
1. For Fire-resistant Grease Duct Wrap Assemblies refer to Section 07 81 33 “Mineral-
Fiber Fireproofing”
2. Acceptable Alternative:
a. Fire-rated Ductwork:
1) “Flamebar BW11”; Firespray USA (588-576-7600)
2.06 SHOP APPLICATION OF LINER IN RECTANGULAR DUCTS
A. Adhere a single layer of indicated thickness of duct liner with 90 percent coverage of
adhesive at liner contact surface area. Multiple layers of insulation to achieve indicated
thickness are prohibited.
B. Apply adhesive to liner facing in direction of airflow not receiving metal nosing.
C. Butt transverse joints without gaps and coat joint with adhesive.
D. Fold and compress liner in corners of rectangular ducts or cut and fit to ensure butted-
edge overlapping.
E. Do not apply liners in rectangular ducts with longitudinal joints, except at corners of
ducts, unless duct size and standard liner product dimensions make longitudinal joints
necessary.
F. Secure liner with mechanical fasteners 4 inches from corners and at intervals not
exceeding 12 inches transversely around perimeter; at 3 inches from transverse joints
and at intervals not exceeding 18 inches longitudinally.
G. Secure transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream with metal nosings that
have either channel or "Z" profile or are integrally formed from duct wall. Fabricate edge
facings at the following locations:
1. Fan discharge.
2. Intervals of lined duct preceding unlined duct.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-7
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
H. Terminate liner with duct buildouts installed in ducts to attach dampers, turning vane
assemblies, and other devices. Fabricated buildouts (metal hat sections) or other
buildout means are optional; when used, secure buildouts to duct wall with bolts,
screws, rivets, or welds. Terminate liner at fire dampers at connection to fire-damper
sleeve.
2.07 FABRICATION - ROUND DUCT
A. Round Ducts: Fabricate supply ducts of galvanized steel according to SMACNA's "HVAC
Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."
2.08 FABRICATION - ROUND SUPPLY AND EXHAUST FITTING
A. 90-Degree Tees and Laterals and Conical Tees: Fabricate to comply with SMACNA's
"HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," with metal thicknesses
specified for longitudinal seam straight duct.
B. Diverging-Flow Fittings: Fabricate with a reduced entrance to branch taps with no
excess material projecting from body onto branch tap entrance.
C. Elbows: Fabricate in die-formed, gored, pleated, or mitered construction. Fabricate
bend radius of die-formed, gored, and pleated elbows one and one-half times elbow
diameter. Unless elbow construction type is indicated, fabricate elbows as follows:
1. Mitered-Elbow Radius and Number of Pieces: Welded construction complying with
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," unless
otherwise indicated.
2. 90-Degree, Two-Piece, Mitered Elbows: Use only for supply systems, or exhaust
systems for material-handling classes A and B; and only where space restrictions do
not permit using 1.5 bend radius elbows. Fabricate with single-thickness turning
vanes.
3. Round Elbows, 8 Inches and Smaller: Fabricate die-formed elbows for 45- and 90-
degree elbows and pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60, and 90 degrees only. Fabricate
nonstandard bend-angle configuration or nonstandard diameter elbows with gored
construction.
4. Round Elbows, 9 through 14 Inches: Fabricate gored or pleated elbows for 30, 45,
60, and 90 degrees, unless space restrictions require a mitered elbow. Fabricate
nonstandard bend-angle configuration or nonstandard diameter elbows with gored
construction.
5. Round Elbows, Larger Than 14 Inches: Fabricate gored elbows, unless space
restrictions require a mitered elbow.
6. Die-Formed Elbows for Sizes through 8 Inches and All Pressures: 0.040 inch thick
with two-piece welded construction.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 DUCT INSTALLATION - GENERAL
A. Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings
indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-8
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
B. Construct and install each duct system for the specific duct pressure classification
indicated.
C. Install round ducts in lengths not less than 12 feet, unless interrupted by fittings.
D. Install ducts with fewest possible joints.
E. Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions, changes in size and shape, and
connections.
F. Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with a minimum of projections into duct.
G. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally, parallel and
perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs.
H. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and
permanent enclosure elements of building.
I. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness.
J. Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid
partitions, unless specifically indicated.
K. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, fire- and smoke-control dampers, lighting
layouts, and similar finished work.
L. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Route ductwork to avoid passing through transformer
vaults, electrical equipment spaces and enclosures, and through elevator equipment
rooms.
M. Non-Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions
and exterior walls, and are exposed to view, conceal space between construction opening
and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as duct.
Overlap opening on four sides by at least 1-1/2 inches.
N. Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and
exterior walls, install appropriately rated fire damper, sleeve, and firestopping sealant.
Fire and smoke dampers are specified in Section 23 33 00 "Air Duct Accessories."
Firestopping materials and installation methods are specified in Section 07 84 00
"Firestopping."
3.02 INSTALLATION - RANGE HOOD EXHAUST DUCT
A. Install ducts to allow for thermal expansion of ductwork through 2000 deg F
temperature range.
B. Install ducts without dips or traps that may collect residues, unless traps have
continuous or automatic residue removal.
C. Install access openings and doors at each change in direction and at 20-foot intervals;
locate on sides of duct a minimum of 1-1/2 inches from bottom; and fit with grease-tight
covers of same material as duct.
D. Do not penetrate fire-rated assemblies.
E. Provide cleanouts at the base of each riser and where required.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-9
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
3.03 SEAM AND JOINT SEALING
A. General: Seal duct seams and joints according to the duct pressure class indicated and as
described in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."
B. Pressure Classification Less Than 2-Inch wg: Transverse and longitudinal joints.
C. Seal externally insulated ducts before insulation installation.
D. Materials: 3M Brand No. 800.
3.04 HANGING AND SUPPORTING
A. Install rigid round, rectangular, and flat-oval metal duct with support systems indicated
in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."
B. Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each
branch intersection.
C. Support vertical ducts at a maximum interval of 16 feet and at each floor.
D. Install upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding one-fourth
of failure (proof-test) load.
E. Install concrete inserts before placing concrete.
F. Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely
cured.
3.05 CONNECTIONS
A. Connect equipment with flexible connectors according to Section 23 33 00 (15820)
"Duct Accessories."
B. For branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections, comply with SMACNA's
"HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."
C. Leakage Test: Perform tests according to SMACNA's "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test
Manual."
3.06 ADJUSTING
A. Refer to Section 23 05 93 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for detailed
procedures.
3.07 CLEANING
A. After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect the
system. Vacuum interior as well as exterior of ducts before final acceptance to remove
dust and debris.
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 33 00 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Manual-Volume Dampers
2. Fire Dampers
3. Turning Vanes
4. Duct-Mounted Access Doors
5. Flexible Connectors
6. Flexible Ducts
7. Combination Smoke/Fire dampers
8. Accessories
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements
2. Section 08 31 00 (08310) - Access Doors and Panels: For wall- and ceiling-mounted
access doors and panels.
3. Section 23 05 53 - Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment.
4. Section 23 05 93 - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC.
5. Section 23 37 00 (15850) - Air Outlets and Inlets.
6. Section 25 51 00 – Integrated Automation Control of Guestroom Equipment
7. Section 28 31 00 (13850) - Fire Alarm and Detection Systems: For duct-mounted
fire and smoke detectors.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (NAIMA) Publications:
1. AH124 "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard."
B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:
1. 90A “Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems”
2. 90B “Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning
Systems”
C. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA)
Publications:
1. “Fire Damper and Heat Stop Guide for Air Handling Systems”
2. “HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible”
D. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Standards:
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1. 181 “Standard for Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors”
2. 181B “Closure Systems for Use With Flexible Air Ducts and Air Connectors”
3. 555 “Fire Dampers”
4. 555C “Standard for Safety for Ceiling Dampers”
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
1. Product Data: For the following:
a. Manual-volume dampers.
b. Fire dampers.
c. Duct-mounted access doors.
d. Flexible ducts.
e. Zone Control Exhaust Terminal
2. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights,
loadings, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, location, and
size of each field connection. Detail the following:
a. Special fittings and manual- and automatic-volume-damper installations.
b. Fire damper installations, including sleeves and duct-mounted access doors and
panels.
3. Product Certificates: Submit certified test data on dynamic insertion loss; self-noise
power levels; and airflow performance data, static-pressure loss, dimensions, and
weights.
B. LEED Submittals:
1. Prerequisite EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance
a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/
ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2004, Section 6 - "Heating, Ventilating, and Air
Conditioning."
2. Prerequisite EQp1: Minimum IAQ Performance
a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/
ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 62.1-2004, Section 5 – "Systems and Equipment.”
3. Credit EQc4.1: Low-Emitting Materials: VOC Data for Adhesives and Sealants:
a. Product Data or other documentation for each product/material highlighting
VOC content information.
1) Refer to VOC limit tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality
Requirements” for VOC limits for adhesive and sealant products in this
Section.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
b. Complete the LEED VOC Submittal Form as provided in Section 01 33 00
“Submittal and Substitution Procedures, for products in this Section.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. NFPA Compliance: Comply with the following NFPA standards:
1. NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems."
2. NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems."
B. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. manuals
(SMACNA) except where details or notes on drawings indicate otherwise.
1. HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible.
2. Fire Damper and Heat Stop Guide for Air Handling Systems.
C. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standard for Safety UL 181, UL 555.
1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described in Section 01 78 43 (01790) “Spare Parts and
Materials” that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for
storage, and are identified with labels describing contents.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Manual Volume Dampers.
a. Ruskin Company (816-761-7476)
b. Air Balance, Division of Mestek (419-865-5000)
c. Prefco (Perfect Air Control, Inc.) (800-437-6653)
2. Fire and Fire/Smoke Dampers.
a. Ruskin Company (816-761-7476)
b. Air Balance, Division of Mestek (419-865-5000)
c. Prefco (Perfect Air Control, Inc.) (800-437-6653)
3. Ceiling Fire Dampers
a. Ruskin Company (816-761-7476)
b. Air Balance, Division of Mestek (419-865-5000)
c. Prefco (Perfect Air Control, Inc.) (800-437-6653)
4. Flexible Connectors.
a. Ventfabrics, Inc. (800-621-1207)
b. Ward Industries, Inc. (630-595-7320)
c. Vent Products Co. (800-368-8368)
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00-4
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
5. Flexible Ducts
a. Clevaflex. Ltd. (216-941-6505)
b. Approved Substitution
6. Zone Control Exhaust Terminal
a. American Aldes (941-351-3441)
2.02 MANUAL-VOLUME DAMPERS
A. General: Factory fabricated with required hardware and accessories. Stiffen damper
blades for stability. Include locking device to hold single-blade dampers in a fixed
position without vibration. Close duct penetrations for damper components to seal duct
consistent with pressure class.
B. Standard Volume Dampers: Multiple- or single-blade, parallel- or opposed-blade design
as indicated, standard leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream, and suitable for
horizontal or vertical applications.
1. Steel Frames: Hat-shaped, galvanized, sheet steel channels, minimum of 0.064 inch
thick, with mitered and welded corners; frames with flanges where indicated for
attaching to walls; and flangeless frames where indicated for installing in ducts.
2. Roll-Formed Steel Blades: 0.064-inch- thick, galvanized, sheet steel.
3. Blade Axles: Nonferrous.
4. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel.
C. Damper Hardware: Zinc-plated, die-cast core with dial and handle made of 3/32-inch
thick zinc-plated steel, and a 3/4-inch hexagon locking nut. Include center hole to suit
damper operating-rod size. Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting.
2.03 FIRE DAMPERS
A. General: Labeled to UL 555.
B. Fire Rating: One and one-half hour unless noted otherwise.
C. Frame: SMACNA Type B with blades out of airstream; fabricated with roll-formed, 0.034-
inch- thick galvanized steel; with mitered and interlocking corners.
D. Mounting Sleeve: Factory- or field-installed galvanized, sheet steel.
1. Minimum Thickness: 0.052 inch or 0.138 inch thick and length to suit application.
2. Exceptions: Omit sleeve where damper frame width permits direct attachment of
perimeter mounting angles on each side of wall or floor, and thickness of damper
frame complies with sleeve requirements.
E. Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal as indicated.
F. Blades: Roll-formed, interlocking, 0.034 inch thick, galvanized, sheet steel. In place of
interlocking blades, use full-length, 0.034 inch thick, galvanized steel blade connectors.
G. Horizontal Dampers: Include a blade lock and stainless-steel negator closure spring.
H. Fusible Link: Replaceable, 165 F rated as indicated.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00-5
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
I. Provide access door in duct adjacent to each fire damper.
2.04 COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS
A. Description: Combination fire/smoke dampers, each with frame, sleeve, and actuator
for wall, floor, and ceiling installations. Conform with SMACNA Fire, Smoke and
Radiation Damper Installation Guide and local building code. Include UL Fire Resistance
Classified Ceiling Diffuser Radiation shields where installed at ceiling diffusers and
grilles in fire rated ceilings.
B. Size: Free area inside sleeves and within damper stop minimum 90 percent of area of
connecting duct. Provide larger damper size to maintain 90 percent free area. Increase
size of damper if duct sizes indicated on the Contract Documents are smaller than
manufacturer’s available sizes.
C. Sleeves: Galvanized steel, gage as required to meet codes and regulations, factory
mounted to damper with sealant between sleeve and damper.
D. Access Doors:
1. Size large enough to permit full hand access to the damper to replace fusible link.
2. Hinged and latched, or clamped with mechanism to allow easy removal.
3. Tight fitting, full neoprene gasketed, constructed to prevent air leakage.
E. Classification: UL 555, NFPA 90A, NFPA 92A, NFPA 92B, UL 555S, Leakage Class 1. UL
listed for dynamic systems with airflow in either direction. 1-1/2 hour fire rated in
general. Refer to architectural drawings for fire ratings of general construction.
F. Actuator: Factory installed, electric, 120 volt, 60 cycle, 1 phase, actuator and linkage
mounted out of air stream, normally closed (damper closes when power is interrupted)
G. Install fire and combination fire/smoke dampers according to manufacturer's UL-
approved written instructions. . Install with sufficient tension to prevent rattling or
vibration. Utilize sleeves, angles and other materials so that installation is equivalent to
that used by manufacturer when tested by UL.
1. Install fusible links in fire dampers.
2. Fire/smoke dampers shall be interfaced with the total coverage smoke detection
system installed by the fire alarm contractor. Dampers shall close upon activation of
the fire alarm system.
3. Access Doors: Locate and arrange to allow easy access to inspect damper, replace
fusible link, and reset damper.
2.05 CEILING FIRE DAMPERS
A. General: Labeled to UL 555C; comply with construction details for tested floor- and roof-
ceiling assemblies as indicated in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory."
B. Frame: 0.040 inch thick, galvanized, sheet steel; round or rectangular; style to suit
ceiling construction.
C. Blades: 0.034 inch thick, galvanized, sheet steel with nonasbestos refractory insulation.
D. Fusible Link: Replaceable, 165 deg F rated.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00-6
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
2.06 TURNING VANES
A. Fabricate to comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and
Flexible."
B. Manufactured Turning Vanes: Fabricate of 1-1/2 inch wide, curved blades set 3/4 inch
o.c.; support with bars perpendicular to blades set 2 inches o.c.; and set into side strips
suitable for mounting in ducts.
2.07 DUCT-MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS
A. General: Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class.
B. Frame: Galvanized, sheet steel, with bend-over tabs and foam gaskets.
C. Door: Double-wall, galvanized, sheet metal construction with insulation fill and
thickness, and number of hinges and locks as indicated for duct pressure class. Include
vision panel where indicated. Include 1-by-1-inch butt or piano hinge and cam latches.
D. Seal around frame attachment to duct and door to frame with neoprene or foam rubber.
E. Insulation: 1-inch thick, fibrous-glass.
2.08 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS
A. General: Flame-retarded or noncombustible fabrics, coatings, and adhesives complying
with UL 181, Class 1.
B. Standard Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a strip of fabric 3-1/2 inches
wide attached to two strips of 2-3/4 inch wide, 0.028 inch thick, galvanized, sheet steel.
Select metal compatible with connected ducts.
C. Transverse Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a strip of fabric 3-1/2
inches wide attached to two strips of 4-3/8 inch wide, 0.028 inch thick, galvanized, sheet
steel Select metal compatible with connected ducts.
D. Conventional, Indoor System Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with
polychloroprene.
1. Minimum Weight: 26 oz./sq. yd.
2. Tensile Strength: 480 lbf/inch in the warp, and 360 lbf/inch in the filling.
3. Minimum Movement: 2 inches.
E. Conventional, Outdoor System Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated
with a synthetic-rubber, weatherproof coating resistant to the sun's ultraviolet rays and
ozone environment.
1. Minimum Weight: 26 oz./sq. yd.
2. Tensile Strength: 530 lbf/inch in the warp, and 440 lbf/inch in the filling.
3. Minimum Movement: 2 inches.
2.09 FLEXIBLE DUCTS
A. General: Comply with UL 181, Class 1.
B. Flexible Ducts, Uninsulated: Corrugated aluminum. For use on dryer vents only.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00-7
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
C. Flexible Ducts, Insulated: Factory-fabricated, insulated, round duct, with an outer jacket
enclosing 1-1/2-inch thick, glass-fiber insulation around a continuous inner liner.
1. Reinforcement: Steel-wire helix encapsulated in inner liner.
2. Outer Jacket: Glass-reinforced, silver Mylar with a continuous hanging tab, integral
fibrous-glass tape, and nylon hanging cord.
3. Inner Liner: Polyethylene film.
D. Pressure Rating: 6-inch wg positive, 1/2-inch wg negative.
2.10 ACCESSORIES
A. Louvers:
1. Provide blank off panels for unused portions of louvers. Panels shall be double wall
construction with 0.032 inch aluminum, and 2 inch thick, internal glass fiber
insulation in accordance with SMACNA “HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal
and Flexible.”
B. Open ducts in suspended ceiling: No. 16 USSG, ¾ inch square mesh, screen over each
opening; with 1 inch wide galvanized steel enclosing frame and flanged duct opening to
receive frame. In lieu or screen and volume damper, provide register or grille plus
opposed blade volume damper.
C. Duct sleeves: Minimum 20 gauge USSG galvanized sheet steel unless otherwise
indicated.
1. Clearances:
a. Non-insulated duct: 1 inch between duct and sleeve on all sides.
b. Insulated duct: 1 inch between insulation and sleeve on all sides.
c. Grilles, registers and diffusers: Zero clearance.
2. Provide closure collars for exposed ducts on each side of wall or floor opening.
Collars shall be galvanized sheet metal, minimum 4 inch wide, and fit tight against
surface and around duct or insulation. Install with nails 6 inch on center.
3. Framed openings: Provide clearances and closure collars the same as for duct
sleeves.
4. Duct-mounted automatic control devices: Mount on mechanical equipment all
devices related to automatic controls such as automatic dampers.
D. Cleanout Doors ( Kitchen and Laundry Dryer Exhaust): Horizontal ducts shall be
mounted maximum 20 ft. apart and in change of direction. Cleanout doors on horizontal
duct shall be mounted on side of duct. Bottom edge shall be not less than 2 inches above
bottom of duct. Cleanout doors at veritical ducts shall be mounted at base. Door and
frame shall be same gauge as duct. Hinges shall be Ventlock No. 260, extra heavy zinc
plated. Latches shall be Ventlock No. 140, cast zinc. Gaskets shall be between door and
frame. Gaskets shall be 1/8 inch double thickness rated 2,000 deg F for kitchen exhaust
system. Cleanout door size shall be maximum 24 inch x 24 inch and minimum shall be
24 inch one side, and other side shall be 2 inch less than duct height.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00-8
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details shown in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and NAIMA's "Fibrous
Glass Duct Construction Standards" for fibrous-glass ducts.
B. Install volume dampers in lined duct; avoid damage to and erosion of duct liner.
C. Provide test holes at fan inlet and outlet and elsewhere as indicated.
D. Install fire dampers according to manufacturer's UL-approved written instructions.
1. Install fusible links in fire dampers.
E. Install duct access panels for access to both sides of duct coils. Install duct access panels
downstream from volume dampers, fire dampers, turning vanes, automatic dampers,
smoke detectors, outside and exhaust air plenums equipment, and other locations as
indicated.
1. Install duct access panels to allow access to interior of ducts for cleaning, inspecting,
adjusting, and maintaining accessories and terminal units.
2. Install access panels on side of duct where adequate clearance is available.
F. Label access doors according to Section 23 05 53 "Identification for HVAC Piping and
Equipment."
G. Provide flexible connections at fan and building joints.
H. Install automatic dampers supplied by the automatic temperature control system
manufacturer. Notch end of rod and label duct/casing to indicate open and closed blade
position.
I. Provide volume dampers at following locations:
1. In all duct splits and branch connections of supply, return, and exhaust systems.
2. Ducts connecting to common plenums.
3. Ducts serving single outlet.
4. At open return duct in hung ceiling.
5. Other locations as indicated on drawings.
J. Provide access doors in following locations and as indicated on the Drawings.
1. Automatic dampers: linkage side.
2. Main balancing dampers.
3. Fire dampers.
4. Smoke detection heads.
5. On both sides of ducts where necessary to provide maintenance accessibility to
equipment on the other side.
6. Outside air and exhaust air plenums.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00-9
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
K. Flexible Duct Installation:
1. Installation shall be in accordance with SMACNA and local building code standards.
2. Flexible duct runs shall be a maximum of 5 feet, straight lengths, no bends.
3. Connections to beaded sheet metal fittings shall be with 3 wraps of approved tape
and stainless steel draw band for tight seal. Seal the outer jacket with 3 wraps of
approved UL 181B tape.
4. A 1 ½” minimum strap shall be used to support the flexible duct at a distance not
greater than 5’-0”. Maximum permissible sag is ½” per foot of duct length.
3.02 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust duct accessories for proper settings.
B. Adjust fire dampers for proper action.
C. Final positioning of manual-volume dampers is specified in Section 23 05 93 "Testing,
Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC”.
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 34 23 - HVAC POWER VENTILATORS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Centrifugal Roof Ventilators.
2. Up-blast Roof Exhaust Fans (Kitchen Hood Exhaust).
3. Ceiling-Mounted Ventilators.
4. In-Line Centrifugal Fans.
5. Motors
6. Factory Finishes
7. Quality Control
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements
2. Section 23 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for HVAC
3. Section 23 05 48 (15070) - Mechanical Sound, Vibration and Seismic Control.
4. Section 23 08 00 – Commissioning of HVAC
5. Section 23 05 53 (15075) – Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment
6. Section 23 05 13 (15090) – Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment
7. Section 23 05 93 (15950) - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC
8. Section 23 09 00 (15900) – Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
9. Section 26 29 13 (16420) - Enclosed Controllers: For motor starters.
10. Section 26 51 00 (16510) – Interior Lighting: Light Fixture Matrix For Guestroom
Toilet Ceiling Mounted Ventilators.
C. Products Supplied But Not
1. Roof curbs for roof-mounted exhaust fans.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Air Movement & Control Association International, Inc. (AMCA) Publications:
1. 99 "Standards Handbook" (Revised 2003)
2. 210 "Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating"
3. 300 "Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans"
4. 301 "Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data"
B. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and
Materials)
1. B117 "Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus"
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
C. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA) Standards Publications:
1. MG 1 “Motors and Generators”
D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:
1. 70 "National Electric Code"
E. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Publications:
1. 486A “Standard For Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use With Copper
Conductors”
2. 486B “Standard for Wire Connectors for Use With Aluminum Conductors”
3. 705 “Standard for Power Ventilators”
1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Project Altitude: Base air ratings on actual site elevations.
B. Operating Limits: Classify according to AMCA 99.
C. Fan Schedule: The following information is described in an equipment schedule on the
Drawings.
1. Fan performance data including capacities, outlet velocities, static pressures, sound
power characteristics, motor requirements, and electrical characteristics.
2. Fan arrangement including wheel configuration, inlet and discharge configurations,
and required accessories.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
1. Product Data including rated capacities of each unit, weights (shipping, installed,
and operating), furnished specialties, accessories, and the following:
a. Certified fan performance curves with system operating conditions indicated.
b. Certified fan sound power ratings.
c. Motor ratings and electrical characteristics plus motor and electrical
accessories.
d. Material gages and finishes, including color charts.
e. Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators.
2. Shop Drawings from manufacturer detailing equipment assemblies and indicating
dimensions, weights, loadings, required clearances, method of field assembly,
components, and location and size of each field connection.
3. Wiring diagrams detailing wiring for power and control systems and differentiating
clearly between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.
4. Maintenance data for power ventilators to include in the operation and maintenance
manual specified in Division 01 and in Section 23 05 00 "Common Work Results for
HVAC."
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Component Standard: Provide components that comply with NFPA 70 and
that are listed and labeled by UL where available.
B. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated fixtures specified in this Section that
are listed and labeled.
1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code,
Article 100.
C. AMCA Compliance: Provide products that meet performance requirements and are
licensed to use the AMCA Seal.
D. NEMA Compliance: Provide components required as part of fans that comply with
applicable NEMA standards.
E. UL Standard: Provide power ventilators that comply with UL 705.
1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions by field measurements. Verify clearances.
B. Do not operate fans until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, bearings are lubricated,
and fans have been commissioned.
1.07 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate the size and location of structural steel support members.
B. Coordinate the installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations.
Roof specialties are specified in Division 07 Sections.
1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described in Section 01 78 43 (01790) “Spare Parts and
Materials” that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering
for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Centrifugal Roof Ventilators:
a. Carnes Co. (608-845-6411)
b. Loren Cook Company (417-869-6474)
c. Greenheck Fan Corporation(715-359-6171)
d. PennBarry (972-234-3202)
2. Up-blast Roof Exhaust Fans:
a. Carnes Co. (608-845-6411)
b. Loren Cook Company (417-869-6474)
c. Greenheck Fan Corporation(715-359-6171)
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23-4
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
d. PennBarry (972-234-3202)
3. Ceiling-Mounted Ventilators:
a. Carnes Co. (608-845-6411)
b. Loren Cook Company (417-869-6474)
c. Greenheck Fan Corporation(715-359-6171)
d. PennBarry (972-234-3202)
e. Broan-NuTone LLC (888-336-6151)
f. Panasonic Corporation of North America (866-292-7292)
4. In-Line Centrifugal Fans:
a. Carnes Co. (608-845-6411)
b. Loren Cook Company (417-869-6474)
c. Greenheck Fan Corporation(715-359-6171)
d. PennBarry (972-234-3202)
2.02 CENTRIFUGAL ROOF VENTILATORS
A. Description: Belt-driven or direct-drive centrifugal fans, as indicated, consisting of
housing, wheel, fan shaft, bearings, motor and disconnect switch, drive assembly, curb
base, and accessories.
B. Housing: Removable, spun-aluminum, dome top and outlet baffle; square, one-piece,
aluminum base with venturi inlet cone.
C. Fan Wheels: Aluminum hub and wheel with backward-inclined blades.
D. Belt-Driven Drive Assembly: Resiliently mounted to the housing, with the following
features:
1. Fan Shaft: Turned, ground, and polished steel drive shaft keyed to wheel hub.
2. Shaft Bearings: Permanently lubricated, permanently sealed, self-aligning ball
bearings.
3. Pulleys: Cast-iron, adjustable-pitch motor pulley.
4. Fan and motor isolated from exhaust air stream.
E. Accessories: The following items are required as indicated:
1. Variable-Speed Controller: Solid-state control to reduce speed from 100 percent to
less than 50 percent. (Direct drive fans only).
2. Disconnect Switch: Nonfusible type, with thermal-overload protection mounted
inside fan housing, factory wired through an internal aluminum conduit.
3. Bird Screens: Removable 1/2-inch mesh, aluminum or brass wire.
4. Dampers: Counterbalanced, parallel-blade, backdraft dampers mounted in curb
base; factory set to close when fan stops.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23-5
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
5. Roof Curbs: Galvanized steel; mitered and welded corners; 2-inch- thick, rigid,
fiberglass insulation adhered to inside walls; and 2-inch wood nailer. Size as
required to suit roof opening and fan base. Built-in cant and mounting flange.
a. Overall Height: 12 inches. Minimum.
2.03 UPBLAST ROOF EXHAUST
A. Description: Belt-driven or direct-driven centrifugal fans consisting of housing, wheel,
fan shaft, bearings, motor and disconnect switch, drive assembly, curb base, and
accessories.
B. Housing: Removable, spun-aluminum, square one-piece, aluminum base with venturi
inlet cone.
1. Up-blast Units: Provide spun-aluminum discharge baffle to direct discharge air
upward, with rain and snow drains and grease collector.
C. Fan Wheels: Aluminum hub and wheel with backward-inclined blades.
D. Belt-Driven Drive Assembly: Resiliently mounted to housing, with the following features:
1. Fan Shaft: Turned, ground, and polished steel; keyed to wheel hub.
2. Shaft Bearings: Permanently lubricated, permanently sealed, self-aligning ball
bearings.
3. Pulleys: Cast-iron, adjustable-pitch motor pulley.
4. Fan and motor isolated from exhaust airstream.
E. Accessories:
1. Disconnect Switch: Non-fusible type, with thermal-overload protection mounted
inside fan housing, factory wired through an internal aluminum conduit.
2. Bird Screens: Removable, ½ inch(13-mm) mesh, aluminum or brass wire.
3. Motorized Dampers: Parallel-blade dampers mounted in curb base with electric
actuator; wired to close when fan stops.
F. Roof Curbs: Galvanized steel; mitered and welded corners; 1-1/2 inch thick, rigid,
fiberglass insulation adhered to inside walls with galvanized steel metal liner; and 1-1/2
inch wood nailer. Size as required to suit roof opening and fan base.
2.04 CEILING-MOUNTED VENTILATORS
A. Description: Centrifugal fans designed for installing in ceiling or wall, or for concealed
in-line applications.
B. Housing: Galvanized steel lined with acoustical insulation.
C. Fan Wheel: Centrifugal wheels directly mounted on motor shaft. Fan shrouds, motor,
and fan wheel shall be removable for service.
D. Grille: Aluminum, louvered grille or egg-crate with flange on intake and thumbscrew
attachment to fan housing.
E. Electrical Requirements: Junction box for electrical connection on housing and
receptacle for motor plug-in.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23-6
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
F. Variable-Speed Controller Mounted on Fan Housing: Solid-state control to reduce speed
from 100 percent to less than 50 percent.
G. Sound Level: Guestroom Toilets shall have a maximum of 0.3 Sones per HVI 915
Procedure for Loudness Rating of Residential Fan Products – Refer to Light Fixture
Matrix for approved manufacturers and models.
H. Accessories: Manufacturer's standard roof jack or wall cap, and transition fittings.
2.05 IN-LINE CENTRIFUGAL FANS
A. Description: In-line, belt-driven, or direct-drive centrifugal fans consisting of housing,
wheel, outlet guide vanes, fan shaft, bearings, drive assembly, motor and disconnect
switch, mounting brackets, and accessories.
B. Housing: Split, spun-aluminum housing, with aluminum straightening vanes; inlet and
outlet flanges; and support bracket adaptable to floor, side wall, or ceiling mounting.
C. Direct-Drive Units: Motor encased in housing out of air stream, factory wired to
disconnect located on outside of fan housing.
D. Belt-Driven Units: Motor mounted on adjustable base, with adjustable sheaves,
enclosure around belts within fan housing, and lubricating tubes from fan bearings
extended to outside of fan housing.
E. Fan Wheels: Aluminum, airfoil blades welded to aluminum hub.
F. Accessories: The following accessories are required as indicated:
1. Volume-Control Damper: Manually operated with quadrant lock, located in fan
outlet.
2. Companion Flanges: For inlet and outlet duct connections.
3. Fan Guards: Expanded metal in removable frame. Provide fan guards for units not
connected to ductwork.
2.06 MOTORS
A. Refer to Section 23 05 13 - "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment" for
general requirements for factory-installed motors.
B. Motor Construction: NEMA MG 1, general purpose, continuous duty, Design B.
C. Enclosure Type: The following features are required as indicated:
1. Open dripproof motors where satisfactorily housed or remotely located during
operation.
2.07 FACTORY FINISHES
A. Sheet Metal Parts: Prime coat before final assembly.
B. Exterior Surfaces: Baked-enamel finish coat after assembly.
C. Aluminum Parts: No finish required.
2.08 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Requirements: The following factory tests are required as indicated:
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23-7
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1. Sound Power Level Ratings: Comply with AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating Fan
Sound Ratings From Laboratory Test Data." Test fans according to AMCA 300,
"Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans." Label fans with the AMCA
Seal.
2. Fan Performance Ratings: Establish flow rate, pressure, power, air density, speed of
rotation, and efficiency by factory tests and ratings according to AMCA 210,
"Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating."
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions for compliance with requirements of installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the power ventilators. Do not
proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install power ventilators according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Support units using the vibration-control devices indicated. Vibration-control devices
are specified in Section 23 05 48 - "Vibration, and Seismic Control for HVAC Piping and
Equipment."
1. Secure roof-mounted fans to roof curbs with cadmium-plated hardware.
a. Installation of roof curbs is specified in Division 07 Sections.
2. Suspend units from structural steel support frame using threaded steel rods and
vibration isolation springs.
3. Ceiling Units: Suspend units from structure using steel wire or metal straps.
C. Install units with clearances for service and maintenance.
D. Label units according to requirements specified in Section 23 05 53 "Identification for
HVAC Piping and Equipment."
3.03 CONNECTIONS
A. Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other Division 15
Sections. Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories.
Make final duct connections with flexible connectors.
B. Electrical: Conform to applicable requirements in Division 26 Sections.
C. Grounding: Ground equipment. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including
grounding connections, according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values.
Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A
and UL 486B.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Provide services of a factory-authorized service
representative to supervise the field assembly of components and installation of fans,
including duct and electrical connections, and to report results in writing.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23-8
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
3.05 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation.
B. Adjust belt tension.
C. Lubricate bearings.
3.06 CLEANING
A. After completing installation, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and
construction debris, and repair damaged finishes including chips, scratches, and
abrasions.
B. Clean fan interiors to remove foreign material and construction debris. Vacuum clean
fan wheel and cabinet.
3.07 COMMISSIONING
A. Final Checks before Startup: Perform the following operations and checks before
startup:
1. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed.
2. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections
for piping, ducts, and electrical components are complete. Verify that proper
thermal-overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnects.
3. Perform cleaning and adjusting specified in this Section.
4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and verify
fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. Reconnect fan drive system,
align and adjust belts, and install belt guards.
5. Lubricate bearings, pulleys, belts, and other moving parts with factory-
recommended lubricants.
6. Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers in
connected ductwork systems are in the fully open position.
7. Disable automatic temperature-control operators.
B. Starting procedures for fans are as follows:
1. Energize motor; verify proper operation of motor, drive system, and fan wheel.
Adjust fan to indicated RPM.
2. Measure and record motor voltage and amperage.
C. Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperature-control operators.
D. Refer to Section 23 05 93 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for procedures
for air-handling-system testing, adjusting, and balancing.
E. Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design conditions.
3.08 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance
personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain units.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23-9
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1. Conduct training as specified in Section 01 79 00 (01820) "Training”.
2. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to
startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive.
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 23 37 00-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 37 00 - AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Diffusers
2. Registers
3. Grilles
4. Louvers
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements
2. Section 23 33 00 (15820) – Air Duct Accessories.
3. Section 23 05 93 (15950) - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA) Publications:
1. 2604 “Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for
High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusion and Panels”
2. 2605 “Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for
Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels”
B. Air Movement & Control Association International, Inc. (AMCA)
C. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)
Publications:
1. 70 "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets"
D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:
1. 90A “Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems”
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Diffuser: Circular, square, or rectangular air distribution outlet, generally located in the
ceiling and comprised of deflecting members discharging supply air in various directions
and planes and arranged to promote mixing of primary air with secondary room air.
B. Grille: A louvered or perforated covering for an opening in an air passage, which can be
located in a sidewall, ceiling, or floor.
C. Register: A combination grille and damper assembly over an air opening.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
1. Product Data: For each model indicated, include the following:
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 23 37 00-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
a. Data Sheet: For each type of air outlet and inlet, and accessory furnished;
indicate construction, finish, and mounting details.
b. Performance Data: Include throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise
ratings for each type of air outlet and inlet.
c. Schedule of diffusers, registers, and grilles indicating drawing designation,
room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished.
d. Assembly Drawing: For each type of air outlet and inlet: indicate materials and
methods of assembly of components.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Product Options: Drawings and schedules indicate specific requirements of diffusers,
registers, and grilles and are based on the specific requirements of the systems indicated.
B. NFPA Compliance: Install diffusers, registers, and grilles according to NFPA 90A,
"Standard for the Installation of air-conditioning and Ventilating Systems."
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles:
a. Titus (972-699-1030)
b. Carnes (608-845-6411)
c. Krueger (972-680-9136)
2. Exterior Louvers:
a. Ruskin Company (816-761-7476)
b. American Warming & Ventilating Co., A Division of Mestek, Inc. (419-865-5000)
c. Arrow United Industries, A Division of Mestek, Inc. (570-746-1888)
2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles:
1. As scheduled on Drawings
B. Exterior Louvers:
1. Provide exterior wall louvers; size as indicated on Drawings.
2. Louvers shall be AMCA certified for zero water penetration and maximum 1/8-inch
pressure drop at a free area velocity of 900 fpm.
3. Louvers shall be stationary drainage blade type with a 4” deep constructed of 0.081”
thick 6063-TS extruded aluminum complete with ½” aluminum screen in removable
frame.
4. Frames shall be box type for masonry construction and flange type for frame
construction.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 23 37 00-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
5. Louver Finish:.
a. Two-coat 50% PVDF factory applied finish in accordance with AAMA 2604, dry
film thickness 1.2 mil.
b. Color: Refer to Exterior Finish Index.
2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: Test performance according to ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the
Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets."
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas where diffusers, registers, and grilles are to be installed for compliance
with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance
of equipment. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb, according to manufacturer's
written instructions, Coordination Drawings, original design, and referenced standards.
B. Ceiling-Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts,
fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve
design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure
drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practicable. For units installed in
lay-in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of the panel. Where architectural features
or other item conflict with installation notify Owner’s Representative for a determination
of final location.
C. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connection to ducts and to allow
service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers.
3.03 ADJUSTING
A. After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as
directed, before starting air balancing.
3.04 CLEANING
A. After installation of diffusers, registers, and grilles, inspect exposed finish. Clean
exposed surfaces to remove burrs, dirt, and smudges. Replace diffusers, registers, and
grilles that have damaged finishes.
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
PARTICULATE AIR FILTRATION 23 41 00-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 41 00 - PARTICULATE AIR FILTRATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Disposable Panel Filters
2. Extended Surface Filters
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements
2. Section 23 81 13.13 (15735) - Packaged Terminal Air-Conditioning Units
3. Section 23 81 13.19 (15735) – Vertical Packaged Terminal Air-Conditioning Units
4. Section 23 81 19 (15736) - Self-Contained Air-Conditioning Units
5. Section 23 37 00 (15850) - Air Outlets and Inlets
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)
Publications:
1. 52.1 “Gravimetric and Dust-Spot Procedures for Testing Air-Cleaning Devices Used
in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter”
B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:
1. 90A “Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems”
2. 90B “Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning
Systems”
C. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Standards:
1. 900 “Test Performance of Air Filter Units”
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
1. Product Data:
a. Include dimensions; shipping, installed, and operating weights; required
clearances and access; rated flow capacity, including initial and final pressure
drop at rated airflow; efficiency and test method; fire classification; furnished
specialties; and accessories for each model indicated.
2. Maintenance Data: For each type of filter and rack to include in maintenance
manuals specified in Division 01. Reference Section 01 78 23 (01830) “Operation
and Maintenance Data” for additional requirements.
B. LEED Submittals:
1. Prerequisite EQp1: Minimum IAQ Performance
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
PARTICULATE AIR FILTRATION 23 41 00-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/
ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 62.1-2004, Section 5 – "Systems and Equipment."
2. Credit EQc4.1: Low-Emitting Materials: VOC Data for Adhesives and Sealants:
a. Product Data or other documentation for each product/material highlighting
VOC content information.
1) Refer to VOC limit tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality
Requirements” for VOC limits for adhesive and sealant products in this
Section.
b. Complete the LEED VOC Submittal Form as provided in Section 01 33 00
“Submittal and Substitution Procedures, for products in this Section.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of air
filters and are based on the specific system indicated.
B. Comply with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B.
C. ASHRAE Compliance: Comply with provisions of ASHRAE 52.1 for method of testing and
rating efficiency, arrestance, and dust holding capacity.
D. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Comply with UL Standards pertaining to safety and
performance of air filter units including UL 900 “Test Performance of Air Filter Units.”
1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described in Section 01 78 43 (01790) “Spare Parts and
Materials” that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering
for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Air Filters, Electrostatic Air Cleaners, and Filter-Holding Systems:
a. AAF International (800-477-1214)
b. Camfil Farr (973-616-7300)
c. International Air Filter, Inc. (800-797-1000)
2.02 DISPOSABLE PANEL FILTERS
A. Description: Factory-fabricated, viscous-coated, flat-panel type, disposable air filters
with holding frames.
B. Media: Interlaced glass fibers sprayed with nonflammable adhesive.
C. Frame: Cardboard frame with perforated metal retainer.
D. Duct-Mounting Frames: Welded, galvanized steel with gaskets and fasteners and
suitable for bolting together into built-up filter banks.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
PARTICULATE AIR FILTRATION 23 41 00-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
2.03 EXTENDED-SURFACE, DISPOSABLE PANEL FILTERS
A. Description: Factory-fabricated, dry, one [1-inch] [2-inch] extended-surface filters with
holding frames.
B. Media: Fibrous material formed into deep-V-shaped pleats and held by self-supporting
wire grid.
C. Media and Media-Grid Frame: Nonflammable rigid drip board frame with expanded
metal support cross braced on both sides of filter media.
D. Media and Media-Grid Frame: Galvanized steel.
E. Duct-Mounting Frames: Welded, galvanized steel with gaskets and fasteners, and
suitable for bolting together into built-up filter banks.
PART 3 EXECUTION
A. Install filter frames according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Position each filter unit with clearance for normal service and maintenance. Anchor
filter holding frames to substrate.
C. Install filters in position to prevent passage of unfiltered air. Joints between filter frames
and enclosing ductwork shall be gasketed and sealed against air leakages.
D. Coordinate filter installations with duct and air-handling unit installations.
3.02 CLEANING
A. After completing system installation and testing, adjusting, and balancing air-handling
and air-distribution systems, clean filter housings and install new filter media.
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
BREECHINGS CHIMNEYS AND STACKS 23 51 00-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 51 00 - BREECHINGS, CHIMNEYS, AND STACKS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Type B Gas Vents.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements
2. Section 07 92 00 (07920) - Joint Sealants
3. Section 07 84 00 (07840) - Firestopping
4. Section 23 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for HVAC
1.02 REFERENCES
A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:
1. 211 “Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel-Burning Appliances”
B. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA)
Publications:
1. “HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible”
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
1. Product Data:
a. For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities; shipping, installed,
and operating weights; furnished specialties; and accessories.
2. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for breechings, chimneys,
and stacks. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other
Work. Detail assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required
clearances, method of field assembly, components, hangers and seismic restraints,
and location and size of each field connection.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain Type B vent system components through one source from a
single manufacturer.
B. Comply with SMACNA's " HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible " for
Fabricated Breechings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Type B Gas Vents:
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
BREECHINGS CHIMNEYS AND STACKS 23 51 00-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
a. American Metal Group (800-423-4270)
b. Hart & Cooley, Inc. (800-433-6341)
c. Selkirk (800-992-8368)
2.02 TYPE B GAS VENTS
A. Description: Double-wall gas vents complying with NFPA 211, Type B. Inner pipe of
sheet aluminum, outer pipe of galvanized-steel sheet, each with the following minimum
thicknesses:
1. Round, 6-Inch and Smaller ID: 0.012-inch inner pipe, 0.0187-inch outer pipe.
2. Round, 7- to 18-Inch ID: 0.014-inch inner pipe, 0.0187-inch outer pipe.
B. Accessories: Tees, elbows, increasers, draft hood connectors, metal cap with bird
barrier, adjustable roof flashing, storm collar, support assembly, thimbles, firestop
spacers, and fasteners; fabricated of similar materials and designs as vent-pipe straight
sections.
C. Provide and install cleanouts as required by local codes.
D. Terminate vents as shown and detailed on Drawings.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF MANUFACTURED BREECHINGS, CHIMNEYS, AND STACKS
A. Install according to manufacturer's written instructions. Locate to comply with
minimum clearances from combustibles.
B. Install, support, and restrain according to requirements of seismic zone.
C. Seal between sections of positive-pressure vents according to manufacturer's written
installation instructions, using sealants recommended by manufacturer.
D. Support vents at intervals recommended by the manufacturer to support weight of vent
and all accessories, without exceeding loading of appliances.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF DAMPERS
A. Install barometric operated dampers according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Locate as close to draft hood collar as possible.
3.03 CLEANING
A. After completing system installation, including terminals, inspect exposed finishes.
Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Repair damaged finish to match
original finish.
B. Clean breechings internally, during and on completion of installation, to remove dust and
debris.
C. Provide temporary closures at ends of breechings and chimneys that are not completed
or connected to equipment.
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
BREECHINGS CHIMNEYS AND STACKS 23 51 00-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
GAS-FIRED MAKEUP UNITS 23 73 40-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 73 40 - GAS-FIRED MAKEUP AIR UNITS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Indirect Gas-Fired Make-Up Air Units
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements
2. Section 23 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for HVAC
3. Section 23 05 13 (15090) – Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment
4. Section 23 05 48 (15070) – Vibration and Seismic Control for HVAC Piping and
Equipment
5. Section 23 05 53 (15075) – Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment
6. Section 23 05 93 (15950) – Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC
7. Section 23 08 00 – Commissioning of HVAC
8. Section 23 09 00 (15900) – Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
9. Section 23 09 93 (15940) – Sequence of Operation for HVAC Controls
10. Division 23 11 23 (15194) – Facility Natural-Gas Piping
11. Division 23 63 13 (15725) – Air-Cooled Condensers
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)
Publications:
1. 62.1 “Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality (ANSI Approved)”
2. 90.1 “Energy Code for Commercial and High-Rise Residential Buildings”
B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:
1. 54 "National Fuel Gas Code"
2. 70 "National Electric Code"
3. 90A “Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems”
C. Air-Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI) Publications:
1. 430 “Central Station Air Handling Units”
D. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Publications:
1. Z83.4 "Direct Gas-Fired Make-Up Air Heaters";
2. Z83.18 "Direct Gas-Fired Industrial Air Heaters"
E. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Standards:
1. 181 “Standard for Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors”
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
GAS-FIRED MAKEUP UNITS 23 73 40-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
F. New Buildings Institute (NBI) Publications:
1. “Core Performance Guide”
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Diffuser: Circular, square, or rectangular air distribution outlet, generally located in the
ceiling and comprised of deflecting members discharging supply air in various directions
and planes and arranged to promote mixing of primary air with secondary room air.
B. Grille: A louvered or perforated covering for an opening in an air passage, which can be
located in a sidewall, ceiling, or floor.
C. Register: A combination grille and damper assembly over an air opening.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
1. Product Data: Include rated capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories.
2. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights,
loads, required clearances, and methods of field assembly, components, and location
and size of each field connection. Prepare the following by or under the supervision
of a qualified professional engineer:
a. Mounting Details: For suspending units from building structural system.
b. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.
3. Startup service reports.
4. Operation and Maintenance Data: For units to include in emergency, operation, and
maintenance manuals.
B. LEED Submittals:
1. Prerequisite EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance
a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/
ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2004.
2. Credit EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance
a. Product Data indicating compliance with Advanced Buildings Core Performance
Guide Criteria 2.9 – Mechanical Equipment Efficiency Requirements
3. Prerequisite EQp1: Minimum IAQ Performance
a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/
ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 62.1-2004, Section 5 – "Systems and Equipment."
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and marked for intended use.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
GAS-FIRED MAKEUP UNITS 23 73 40-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate size, location, installation, and structural capacity of equipment supports.
1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described in Section 01 78 43 (01790) “Spare Parts and
Materials” that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering
for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Greenheck Fan Corporation (713-359-6171)
2. Reznor, a Brand of Thomas & Betts Corporation (800-695-1901)
3. Sterling HVAC Products; Mestek, Inc. (413-564-5540)
2.02 GAS-FIRED MAKE-UP AIR UNITS
A. General: Provide packaged make-up air units with indirect gas-fired heat as scheduled
on the drawings for indoor applications. Units shall be listed to UL 1995.
1. Gas Furnaces less than 225,000 Btu/hr shall have a minimum AFUE (Annual Fuel
Utilization Efficiency) of 80%.
B. Unit Casing and Frames: Unit shall be of internal frame type construction of galvanized
steel. All frames and panels shall be G90 galvanized steel. All components shall be easily
accessible through removable access doors.
1. Unit casing shall be insulated with 1-inch thickness glass fiber insulation with facing.
Insulation shall be in accordance with NFPA 90A and tested to meet UL 181 erosion
requirements.
C. Indirect-Fired Gas Furnace: Factory assembled, piped, and wired.
1. Burners: Cast-iron burner with stainless-steel mixing plates.
a. Control Valve: Modulating with minimum turndown ratio of 25:1.
b. Fuel: Natural gas.
c. Pilot: Electrically ignited by hot-surface ceramic igniter.
2. Safety Controls:
a. Gas Manifold: Safety switches and controls to comply with ANSI standards and
IRI.
b. Purge-Period Timer: Automatically delays burner ignition and bypasses low-
limit control.
c. Airflow Proving Switch: Dual pressure switch senses correct airflow before
energizing pilot and requires airflow to be maintained within minimum and
maximum pressure settings across burner.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
GAS-FIRED MAKEUP UNITS 23 73 40-4
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
d. Manual-Reset, High-Limit Control Device: Stops burner and closes main gas
valve if high-limit temperature is exceeded.
e. Gas Train: Redundant, automatic main gas valves, electric pilot valve,
electronic-modulating temperature control valve, main and pilot gas regulators,
main and pilot manual shutoff valves, main and pilot pressure taps, and high-
low gas pressure switches to comply with IRI requirements.
f. Safety Lockout Switch: Locks out ignition sequence if burner fails to light after
three tries. Controls are reset manually by turning the unit off and on.
g. Control Transformer: Integrally mounted 24-V ac.
3. Temperature Control: Heat output shall be controlled based on a field adjustable
discharge temperature set point. Discharge temperature sensor shall be factory
mounted and wired to the unit control center.
4. A remote control panel shall be provided for unit function display and remote
adjustment of set points.
D. Fan Section:
1. Centrifugal fans shall be double width, double inlet. Fan and motor shall be mounted
on a common base and shall be internally isolated. All blower wheels shall be
statically and dynamically balanced. Ground and polished steel fan shafts shall be
mounted in permanently lubricated ball bearings or ball bearing pillow blocks.
Bearings shall be selected for a minimum (L10) life in excess of 100,000 hours at
maximum cataloged speeds.
2. Motors And Drives: Motors shall be energy efficient, complying with EPACT
standards, for single speed TEFC enclosures. Motors shall be permanently
lubricated, heavy duty type, matched to the fan load and furnished at the specified
voltage, phase and enclosure. Drives shall be sized for a minimum of 150% of driven
horsepower. Pulleys shall be cast and have machined surfaces.
3. Entire fan assembly shall be mounted on a spring type vibration isolation base.
E. Filter Section: Filters shall be mounted in a V-bank arrangement such that velocities
across the filters do not exceed 550 feet per minute. Filters shall be easily accessible
through a removable access panel. Provide two sets of filters and replace after final
clean-up.
F. Electrical: All internal electrical components shall be prewired for single point power
connection. All electrical components shall be UL listed, recognized or classified where
applicable and wired in compliance with the National Electrical Code. Control center
shall include motor starter, control circuit fusing, control transformer for 120 VAC
circuit, integral disconnect switch with separate motor fusing and terminal strip.
Contactors, Class 20 adjustable overload protection and single phase protection shall be
provided.
1. A smoke detector shall be factory installed and wired to operate in accordance with
NFPA 90A.
G. Controls:
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
GAS-FIRED MAKEUP UNITS 23 73 40-5
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1. Factory-wired, fuse-protected control transformer, connection for power supply
and field-wired unit to remote control panel.
2. Control Panel: Surface-mounted remote panel, with engraved plastic cover, and the
following lights and switches:
a. On-off fan switch.
b. Supply-fan operation indicating light.
c. Heating operation indicating light.
d. Thermostat.
e. Dirty-filter indicating light operated by unit-mounted differential pressure
switch.
f. Safety-lockout indicating light.
3. Fan Control: Interlock fan to start with exhaust fans.
4. Temperature Control: Operate gas valve to maintain discharge-air temperature
with factory-mounted sensor in blower outlet.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas and conditions, for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances and other conditions affecting installation of units.
B. Examine roughing-in for piping, ducts, and electrical systems to verify actual locations of
connections before equipment installation.
C. Examine equipment supports for suitable conditions where units will be installed.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install gas-fired units according to NFPA 54, "National Fuel Gas Code."
B. Suspend interior units from overhead building structural system or pad mount as
indicated on the drawings.
C. Install controls and equipment shipped by manufacturer for field installation with units.
3.03 CONNECTIONS
A. Piping Connections: Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and
specialties. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance.
1. Gas Piping: Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Natural Gas Piping."
Connect gas piping with shutoff valve and union and with sufficient clearance for
burner removal and service. Provide AGA-approved flexible connectors.
B. Duct Connections: Duct installation requirements are specified in Division 23 Section
"Metal Ducts." Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts. Connect supply and
return ducts to units with flexible duct connectors. Flexible duct connectors are
specified in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories."
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
GAS-FIRED MAKEUP UNITS 23 73 40-6
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
C. Ground equipment a connect wiring according to Division 26 requirements.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND COMMISSIONING
A. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written
instructions and perform the following:
1. Inspect for visible damage to furnace combustion chamber.
2. Inspect casing insulation for integrity, moisture content, and adhesion.
3. Verify that clearances have been provided for servicing.
4. Verify that controls are connected and operable.
5. Verify that filters are installed.
6. Purge gas line.
7. Inspect and adjust vibration isolators.
8. Verify bearing lubrication.
9. Inspect fan-wheel rotation for movement in correct direction without vibration and
binding.
10. Adjust fan belts to proper alignment and tension.
11. Start unit according to manufacturer's written instructions.
12. Complete startup sheets and attach copy with Contractor's startup report.
13. Inspect and record performance of interlocks and protective devices; verify
sequences.
14. Operate unit for run-in period recommended by manufacturer.
15. Perform the following operations for both minimum and maximum firing and adjust
burner for peak efficiency:
a. Gas Burner:
1) Measure gas pressure at manifold.
2) Measure combustion-air temperature at inlet to combustion chamber.
3) Measure supply-air temperature and volume when burner is at maximum
firing rate and when burner is off. Calculate useful heat to supply air.
16. Calibrate thermostats.
17. Adjust and inspect high-temperature limits.
18. Inspect dampers, if any, for proper stroke and interlock with return-air dampers.
19. Start evaporative cooler system and measure and record the following:
a. Leaving-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures.
b. Entering-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures.
20. Inspect controls for correct sequencing of heating, mixing dampers, refrigeration,
and normal and emergency shutdown.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
GAS-FIRED MAKEUP UNITS 23 73 40-7
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
21. Measure and record airflow. Plot fan volumes on fan curve.
22. Verify operation of remote panel, including pilot-operation and failure modes.
Inspect the following:
a. High-limit heat.
b. Alarms.
23. After startup and performance testing, change filters, verify bearing lubrication, and
adjust belt tension.
B. Complete commissioning pre-functional testing and functional testing as part of this
work.
C. Remove and replace malfunctioning components that do not pass tests and inspections
and retest as specified above.
D. Prepare written report of the results of startup services.
3.05 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust initial temperature set points.
B. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated.
C. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial
Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied
conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy
hours for this purpose.
3.06 DEMONSTRATION
A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain units.
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 74 33 - DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Dedicated Outdoor-Air Units.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements
2. Section 23 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for HVAC
3. Section 23 05 13 (15090) – Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment
4. Section 23 05 48 (15070) – Vibration and Seismic Control for HVAC Piping and
Equipment
5. Section 23 05 53 (15075) – Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment
6. Section 23 05 93 (15950) – Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC
7. Section 23 08 00 – Commissioning of HVAC
8. Section 23 09 00 (15900) – Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
9. Section 23 09 93 (15940) – Sequence of Operation for HVAC Controls
10. Division 23 11 23 (15194) – Facility Natural-Gas Piping
11. Division 26 (16) Sections for electrical connections.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Air-Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI) Publications:
1. 410 "Forced Circulation Air-Cooling and Air-Heating Coils”
2. 1060 "Performance of Air-to-Air Heat Exchangers for Energy Recovery Ventilation
Equipment”
B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)
Publications:
1. 62.1 “Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality (ANSI Approved)”
2. 90.1 “Energy Code for Commercial and High-Rise Residential Buildings”
C. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and
Materials)
1. B117 "Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus"
D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:
1. 70 "National Electric Code"
2. 90A “Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems”
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
1. Product Data including manufacturer's technical data, clearly indicated for each
model, including: rated capacities, operating characteristics, dimensions, weights
(shipping, installed, and operating), furnished specialties, accessories, and
installation and startup instructions.
2. Shop Drawings from manufacturer detailing equipment assemblies and indicate
dimensions, weights, loadings, required clearances, method of field assembly,
components, and location and size of each field connection. Detail mounting,
securing, and flashing of roof curb to roof structure. Indicate coordinating
requirements with roof membrane system.
3. Wiring Diagrams detailing wiring for power, signal, and control systems. Clearly
differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.
4. Commissioning report, including pre-functional testing checklists, indicating the
results of unit startup, testing and commissioning requirements.
5. Maintenance data for energy recovery units to include in the operation and
maintenance manual specified in Division 01 and in Section 23 05 00 "Common
Work Results for HVAC."
B. LEED Submittals:
1. Prerequisite EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance
a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/
ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2004, Section 6 – Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning.
2. Prerequisite EAp3: Fundamental Refrigerant Management
a. Product Data indicating refrigerant compliance.
3. Credit EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance
a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in
Advanced Buildings Core Performance Guide.
4. Prerequisite EQp1: Minimum IAQ Performance
a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/
ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 62.1-2004, Section 5 – "Systems and Equipment."
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. AHRI Certification: Units and their components shall be factory tested according to the
applicable portions of AHRI 1060, "Performance of Air-to-Air Heat Exchangers for
Energy Recovery Ventilation Equipment," and AHRI 410, "Forced Circulation Air-Cooling
and Air-Heating Coils," and shall be listed and bear the label of the Air-Conditioning,
Heating and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI ).
B. UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide motors required as part of air-handling units that
are listed and labeled by UL and comply with applicable NEMA standards.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
C. Comply with NFPA 70 for components and installation.
D. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated components specified in this Section
that are listed and labeled.
1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the NFPA National Electrical Code,
Article 100.
E. Comply with ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 62.1-2004, Section 7 – "Construction and
Startup."
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver rooftop units as factory-assembled units with protective crating and covering.
B. Coordinate delivery of units in sufficient time to allow movement into building.
C. Handle rooftop units to comply with manufacturer's written rigging and installation
instructions for unloading and moving to final location.
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations.
1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described in Section 01 78 43 (01790) “Spare Parts and
Materials” that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering
for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1.08 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: The manufacturer shall warrant all equipment for a period of one (1)
year from date of substantial completion. Extended warranty specified in this Article
shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the
Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other
warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. Extended Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
replace components of rooftop air conditioners that fail in materials or workmanship
within specified warranty period.
1. Extended Warranty Period for Compressors: Manufacturer's standard, but not less
than five years from date of Substantial Completion.
2. Extended Warranty Period for Heat Exchangers: Manufacturer's standard, but not
less than 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
3. Extended Warranty Period for Energy Wheels: Manufacturer's standard, but not
less than 5 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Dedicated Outdoor Air Unit
a. “SolutionAir”; JAFT Corp (888-871-2310 x-108)
b. “RN Series”; AAON, Inc. (905-631-9161)
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-4
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
c. "TotalAire (QS) Series"; Desert Aire (262-946-7400)
d. “Model ERCH”; Greenheck Fan Corporation (713-359-6171)
e. "Complevent"; Munters Corporation (800-843-5360)
f. "OAU"; Trane (608-787-4810)
g. Seresco (888-737-3726)
h. Advantix Systems (888-818-5171)
2.02 DEDICATED OUTDOOR-AIR UNITS.
A. Description: Packaged self-contained, outdoor rooftop, DX/gas, 100% outside air, unit
of capacities and characteristics as scheduled on the drawings.
1. Each unit shall be completely factory assembled, piped, wired, tested and shipped in
one piece.
2. In the event that the space dry bulb temperature begins to deviate from set point,
the DOAS shall be capable of varying the outside air supply air temperature to
supplement the cooling or heating requirements of the space.
3. Unit shall be capable of varying the moisture content of outside air to the space
based on space humidity. To maintain 59 grains of moisture per pound of dry air
space conditions, the DOAS must be able deliver air down to 39°F dew point supply
air at low air volume conditions.
4. Units shall be designed to cool or dehumidify with entering air temperatures of 45°-
110°F and operate in heating mode down to -40°F. Units shall be capable of
supplying air with a maximum of 59 grains of moisture per pound of dry air, or less
if specified, at both the dry bulb / mean coincidental wet bulb and dew point / mean
coincidental dry bulb temperatures at the 0.4% ASHRAE design conditions for the
location of the installation. Units not capable of delivering 59 grains of moisture per
pound of dry air, or less if specified, at both design conditions are unacceptable.
5. Units shall provide 100% outdoor air directly to the space, or delivered to the
terminal unit(s) supply air duct. Mixed Air units are NOT acceptable.
6. Rooftop units shall have the following minimum equipment efficiencies:
a. ≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h : 11.5 EER, 11.9 IPLV
b. ≥ 240,000 Btu/h : 10.5 EER, 10.9 IPLV
7. Gas furnaces that are part of rooftop package equipment shall have a minimum
AFUE (Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency) of 80%.
B. Unit Cabinet:
1. Unit shall be specifically designed for outdoor rooftop application with a fully
weatherproof cabinet. The unit roof shall be sloped or cross-broken to assure
drainage. Unit base shall overhang the roof curb for water run-off. Rain break
overhangs shall be provided above access doors.
2. Cabinet shall be of double wall, insulated design. The cabinet exterior shall be
constructed of painted 20 gauge or heavier G90 galvanized steel, or unpainted
Type 5052 marine grade aluminum using 12 gauge panels & 8 gauge structural
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-5
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
members, or unpainted Type 304 stainless steel using 18 gauge panels & 14 gauge
structuratl members. The interior shall be Type 5052 aluminum or Type 304
stainless of similar gauge to the cabinet exterior. The cabinet shall be weatherproof
and suitable for outdoor construction and the entire floor shall be designed to
operate as a drain pan so that in the event that rain would enter the cabinet, it will
drain via the condensate drain connection. Insulation shall be in accordance with
the requirements of ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2004, and shall be non-wicking and
moisture resistant. The insulation must not be capable of supporting any biological
growth of any kind. All insulation shall have a smoke and fire rating of 5-5 and shall
be rated Class A. The insulation shall have a VOC content of zero (0).
3. Paint finish shall be capable of withstanding at least 2500 hours, with no visible
corrosive effects, when tested in a salt spray and fog atmosphere in accordance with
ASTM B117-95 test procedure.
4. Unit shall have insulated, hinged access doors with quarter turn handles and full
perimeter gasketed seals. Door fastening screws are not acceptable.
5. Unit shall be factory pre-rigged for a 4-point crane lift.
6. All openings through the base pan of the unit shall have upturned flanges of at least
1/2” in height around the opening through the base pan.
7. Unit shall have a factory-installed cleanable, insulated, double-sloped condensate
drain connection of aluminum or stainless steel.
8. Outdoor air opening shall have a hood or louver with bird screen. Construction and
color shall match cabinet.
9. Dampers:
a. Motor operated outside air damper assembly constructed of extruded
aluminum, hollow core, airfoil blades with rubber edge seals and aluminum end
seals. Damper blades shall be gear driven and designed to have no more than
15 CFM of leakage per sq. ft. of damper area when subjected to 2” w.g. air
pressure differential across the damper.
10. All evaporator, condenser and water coils shall be cleanable. All coils shall be a
maximum of 4 rows thick, 10 fins per inch and include a minimum of a 4 inch clean-
out access between coils. The floor below the coil shall be suitable for drainage of
the cleaning solution. All coils must be coated in order to reduce corrosion from
contaminants from outside air and moisture and increase watershed capability. The
coating shall be a thermal set acrylic having an ASTM B117 salt test rating that
exceeds 1000 hours. Coatings shall be hydrophobic to aid in draining water from the
coil. Interlaced coils shall NOT be acceptable. Units with coils that have more than
10 fins per inch or that have lanced fins are NOT acceptable.
11. Color coded wiring diagrams shall be laminated in plastic and permanently affixed
inside the control compartment.
12. Unit shall have decals and tags to indicate unit lifting and rigging, service areas and
caution areas.
13. Unit nameplates shall be fixed to the main control panel door.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-6
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
C. Roof Curb:
1. Roof curb shall be constructed of similar metal as the cabinet construction. Curbs
are to be factory welded construction providing full perimeter support, cross
structure support and air seal for the unit.
D. Supply Fan:
1. Plenum supply fan shall be backward inclined, belt driven, non-overloading, and
designed for high efficiency operation at higher static pressures with lower noise
levels. Blowers shall be constructed of epoxy-coated steel for corrosion resistance.
The assembly shall include a backward inclined fan wheel, housing, solid steel fan
shaft, encased ball bearings, fan pulley and adjustable motor sheaves. Mount fan
and motor assembly on adjustable base for proper belt tensioning.
2. Exhaust fan shall be backward inclined, direct drive type, non-overloading, and
designed for high efficiency operation at higher static pressures with lower noise
levels. Blowers shall be constructed of epoxy-coated steel for corrosion resistance.
The assembly shall include a backward inclined fan wheel, housing, solid steel fan
shaft, encased ball bearings, fan pulley and adjustable motor sheaves. Mount fan
and motor assembly on adjustable base for proper belt tensioning.
3. Fans shall be statically and dynamically balanced.
4. The fan assembly shall be Blower and motor base is to be mounted on 4 spring and
rubber isolators having minimum 3/4-inch deflection. Blower to be isolated from
the cabinet with a flexible connector having a 25-50 fire rating.
5. Fan shaft bearings shall be heavy duty, permanently lubricated, self-aligning ball or
roller pillow block type. Bearings shall have a minimum life (L-10) of 80,000 hours
at maximum operating speed and horsepower for each construction level.
E. Air-Cooled Condenser:
1. The condensing section shall be equipped with vertical discharge, propeller type,
direct drive fans with corrosion-resistant blades and supports. Direct drive fans
shall be directly connected to and supported by the motor shaft. Fans shall be
statically and dynamically balanced.
2. Condenser coils shall have enhanced surface aluminum plate fins mechanically
bonded to the copper tubes with all joints brazed.
F. Refrigerant System:
1. Unit shall be factory charged with R-410A refrigerant.
2. Compressors:
a. Fully hermetic, scroll type compressors with crankcase heater, overload
protection and short cycle protection with minimum on and off timers.
b. Compressors shall be mounted on the compressor manufacturer’s
recommended rubber vibration isolators and shall be isolated from the base
pan and supply air to avoid transmission of noise from the compressor into the
building. Vibrasorb isolators shall be installed in both the suction and
discharge tubing of each compressor.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-7
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
c. Compressors shall be mounted in an isolated compartment to permit operation
of the unit without affecting air flow when the door to the compartment is open.
d. Each compressor shall be individually staged for capacity control. Units
exceeding 2,000 cfm shall have a minimum of 3 independent refrigeration
circuits that have no shared components. Each circuit must be able to operate
at any time without the assistance or aid of any component of the other circuits
with the exception of the controls and blower. Any or all components of any
single circuit must be constructed in such a way as to be removable without
disturbing or disrupting or contaminating any of the other circuits. Each
compressor shall be dedicated to an individual evaporator coil, TXV and
condenser coil and operate independently. Tandem compressors shall NOT be
acceptable. Minimum 2-stage capacity control on units over 10 tons and above.
3. Refrigerant System Specialties for each circuit:
a. Refrigerant dryer.
b. Adjustable thermostatic expansion valve.
c. High and low pressure switches.
d. Gage connection ports.
e. Liquid line sight glass.
f. Service/charging valves.
4. Capacity Control:
a. Multiple compressor design and Variable Speed Digital Scroll compressor
design shall provide 0-100% capacity control for continuous dehumidification
upon demand. Energy wasting hot gas bypass refrigerant control shall NOT be
acceptable.
b. Unit shall be equipped with variable speed low ambient head pressure control
to allow operation down to 35 F.
5. Evaporator coil shall have minimum corrosion potential from dissimilar metals. Coil
casing shall be either copper, aluminum, stainless steel. Galvanized steel coil casings
shall NOT be acceptable
6. Evaporator coil shall be furnished with a double sloped drain pan fabricated of Type
5052 aluminum, or Type 304 stainless steel for the positive drainage of condensate.
G. Filter Section:
1. Both outdoor and exhaust air steams shall have 4” thick pleated, high efficiency
filters with a minimum MERV-13 rating.
H. Filter Section:
1. Both outdoor and exhaust air steams shall have 2” thick fiberglass filters with a
minimum MERV-7 rating.
I. Winter Heating Mode
1. Indirect-Fired Gas Heating:
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-8
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
a. Gas heating shall be induced-draft combustion type with an energy saving
direct spark ignition system and redundant main gas valves.
b. Heat exchanger shall be tubular section type, constructed of 20 gauge stainless
steel.
c. Burners shall be in-shot type constructed of stainless steel and have sufficient
staging as to provide the supply air temperature within 2 degrees (F) of the
DOAS supply air setpoint, even at startup, regardless of the entering air
temperature. As the supply air volume modulates to meet ventilation demands,
the supply air temperature shall not rise above or below the set point
temperature, +/- 2 degrees (F).
d. Gas shall enter the unit at a single location.
J. Controls:
1. Dedicated Outdoor-Air Unit Controller:
a. The unit shall include a factory installed microprocessor based unit controller
which controls the operation of all unit functions including: dampers, supply
and exhaust fans, energy recovery wheel, refrigerant system and gas heater.
b. Controller shall be capable of the monitoring the following functions, safeties
and alarms.
1) Factory-installed dirty filter status for both supply and exhaust filter
banks.
2) Factory-installed fan status switch for both supply and exhaust fans.
3) Energy wheel defrost control and air bypass.
c. Controller shall be BACNet, Modbus and LonWorks protocol compatible.
d. Shall include and alarm indicator and audible alarm signal.
2. Fan current transducer.
3. Supply air temperature sensor.
4. Outside air temperature sensor.
5. Relative humidity sensor.
K. Fire Alarm System Interface:
1. Provide dry contact control interface to connect to fire alarm panel, so that unit
shuts down in the event the fire alarm system goes into alarm.
L. Airflow Monitoring/Control & Building Pressure Control:
1. Provide building pressure differential sensor and controls to maintain building
pressure at a user adjustable setting (initially set at 0.05” w.g.). The building
pressure sensor is to be accurate to within 0.02” w.g. and is to be self-calibrating.
Upon a rise in building pressure, the unit controls are to slow down the supply air
fan (through the variable speed drive). The opposite is to happen on a drop in
building pressure.
M. Electrical:
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-9
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1. Unit shall be provided with a factory installed and wired main disconnect switch.
Integral branch fusing shall be accomplished through the use of resettable circuit
breakers. Replaceable fuses are NOT acceptable.
2. Unit shall be provided with phase and brown-out protection to shut down all motors
in the unit if the phases are more than 10% out of balance on voltage, or the voltage
is more than 10% under design voltage or on phase reversal. In the event that a
poor power condition is detected, the power monitoring feature will
instantaneously shut the unit down and isolate the microprocessor controller from
the incoming power supply. The Power Monitor feature shall record and save a
minimum of 10 fault conditions in the fault history log. The Power Monitor feature
shall automatically restart the unit after power has returned within acceptable
parameters for a preset period of time.
3. Unit shall be provided with a factory installed and wired 115 volt, 12 amp ground
fault service receptacle powered by a 1.5 KVA transformer. The convenient outlet
shall be fed by an independent power supply.
2.03 MOTORS
A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment" for
general requirements for factory-installed motors.
B. Motor Construction: NEMA MG 1, general purpose, continuous duty, Design B.
C. Enclosure Type: Open, dripproof.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine roof for compliance with requirements for conditions affecting installation and
performance of rooftop units. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install units according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Install units level and plumb, maintaining manufacturer's recommended clearances.
C. Curb Support: Install roof curbs in such manner as maintain roof bond. Provide roof
opening, flashing, counter-flashing, sealant, roof insulation and structural framing
members. Install and secure rooftop units on curbs.
3.03 CONNECTIONS
A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings
indicate the general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. The following are
specific connection requirements:
1. Install piping to allow service and maintenance.
2. Gas Piping: Comply with applicable requirements in Division 22 Section "Natural
Gas Piping." Connect gas piping to burner, full size of gas train inlet, and connect
with union and shutoff valve with sufficient clearance for burner removal and
service.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-10
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
B. Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings
indicate the general arrangement of ducts.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND COMMISSIONING
A. Verify that installation is as indicated and specified.
B. Complete commissioning pre-functional testing and functional testing as part of the
following.
C. Complete manufacturer's installation and startup checks and perform the following:
1. Level unit on curb, and flash curbs to unit and to roof.
2. Inspect for visible damage to unit casing.
3. Verify that clearances have been provided for servicing.
4. Check that labels are clearly visible.
5. Verify that controls are connected and operable.
6. Remove shipping bolts, blocks, and tie-down straps.
7. Verify that filters are installed.
8. Clean furnace flue and inspect for construction debris.
9. Connect and purge gas line.
10. Adjust vibration isolators.
11. Inspect operation of barometric dampers.
12. Check operation of mixing dampers.
D. Lubricate bearings on fan.
E. Check fan-wheel rotation for correct direction without vibration and binding.
F. Adjust fan belts to proper alignment and tension.
G. Start unit according to manufacturer's written instructions.
H. Check and record performance of interlocks and protection devices; verify sequences.
I. Operate unit for an initial period as recommended or required by manufacturer.
J. Check internal isolators.
K. Check controls for correct sequencing of heating, cooling, mixing dampers, and normal
and emergency shutdown.
L. Perform the following operations for both minimum and maximum firing and adjust
burner for peak efficiency. Adjust pilot to stable flame.
1. Measure gas pressure on manifold.
2. Measure combustion-air temperature at inlet to combustion chamber.
3. Measure flue-gas temperature at furnace discharge.
4. Perform flue-gas analysis. Measure and record flue-gas carbon dioxide and oxygen
concentration.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-11
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
5. Measure supply-air temperature and volume when burner is at maximum firing rate
and when burner is off. Calculate useful heat to supply air.
M. Start refrigeration system and measure and record the following:
1. Coil leaving-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures.
2. Coil entering-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures.
3. Outside-air, dry-bulb temperature.
4. Outside-air-coil, discharge-air, dry-bulb temperature.
N. Measure and record the following minimum and maximum airflows. Plot fan volumes on
fan curve.
1. Supply-air volume.
O. After starting and performance testing, change filters, vacuum heat exchanger and coils,
lubricate bearings, and adjust belt tension.
3.05 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance
personnel.
1. Conduct training as specified in Section 01 79 00 "Training”.
2. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to
startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive maintenance.
3. Review data in the maintenance manuals.
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS 23 81 13-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 81 13 - PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Packaged Terminal Air Conditioning Units
2. Controls
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
1. Product Data:
a. Include rated capacities, weights, furnished specialties, and accessories for each
model indicated.
2. Shop Drawings: Detail layout and installation of wall penetrations.
a. Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring for power, signal, and control systems and
differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.
3. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricate and label refrigeration system to comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for
Mechanical Refrigeration."
B. Energy Efficiency Ratio: Equal to or greater than prescribed by ASHRAE 90.1, "Energy
Efficient Design of New Buildings except Low-Rise Residential Buildings."
C. Coefficient of Performance: Equal to or greater than prescribed by ASHRAE 90.1,
"Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings except Low-Rise Residential Buildings."
D. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated components specified in this Section
that are listed and labeled.
1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code,
Article 100.
2. Unit shall be rated in accordance with ARI Standard 310/380-93 and certified by UL.
1.04 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of units and wall construction where unit penetrates
wall or is supported by it.
1.05 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the
Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract
Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made
by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS 23 81 13-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
B. Full Extended Four-Year Special Warranty: A written warranty, executed by the
manufacturer and signed by the Contractor, agreeing to replace components that fail in
materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period, provided
manufacturer's written instructions for installation, operation, and maintenance have
been followed.
1. Warranty Period, Sealed Refrigeration System: Manufacturers standard, but not less
than 5 years after date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1. General Electric Company
2. Amana Carrier Corp.
3. Approved equal
2.02 PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONING UNITS
A. Description: Packaged, self-contained, through-the-wall terminal units with room
cabinet, electric refrigeration system, heating, and temperature controls; fully charged
with refrigerant.
B. Cabinet: Provide removable front panel with concealed latches.
1. Mounting: Wall with wall sleeve.
2. Finish: Manufacturer’s standard color.
3. Discharge Grille and Access Door: Provide discharge grille with hinged door in top
of cabinet for access to controls.
4. Subbase: Enameled steel with adjustable leveling feet and adjustable end plates.
5. Wall Sleeves: High strength polycarbonate construction.
6. Louvers: Extruded architectural aluminum construction with a baked enamel.
Color: Refer to exterior finish index.
C. Refrigeration System: Direct-expansion indoor coil with capillary restrictor,
hermetically sealed compressor with internal spring isolation, external isolation,
permanent-split-capacitor motor, and overload protection. Include the following:
1. Outdoor coil and fan.
2. Accumulator.
D. Air System: Forward-curved, centrifugal, indoor fans with two speed TEFC permanently
lubricated permanent-split-capacitor motor, permanent one-piece polyurethane
washable filters, return air indoor filter and outdoor vent filter and concealed operator
located under the front panel to manually open and close the outdoor vent.
E. Electric-Resistance Heating Coil: Nickel-chromium wire, electric-resistance heating
elements with contactor and high-temperature-limit switch.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS 23 81 13-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
F. Condensate Drain: Slinger Technology used to pick up/disperse condensate to outdoor
coil for re-evaporation. In addition, provide auxiliary condensate drain kits for
connection to piped condensate drain system to a code approved location.
G. Outdoor Fan: Propeller type with corrosion resistant finish and separate permanent-
split-capacitor motor.
H. Coils: Aluminum plate fins mechanically bonded to seamless copper tubes with all joints
brazed.
I. Electrical Requirements: See schedule on plans.
2.03 CONTROLS
A. Control Module: Unit-mounted adjustable thermostat with heat anticipator, off-heat-
auto-cool switch, and high-low fan switch and remote thermostat option.
2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Sound-Power Level Ratings: Factory test to comply with ARI 270, "Sound Rating of
Outdoor Unitary Equipment."
B. Unit Performance Ratings: Factory test to comply with ARI 310/380, "Packaged
Terminal Air-Conditioners and Heat Pumps."
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install units according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Coordinate installation of wall sleeves in finished wall assembly; seal and weatherproof.
3.02 CONNECTIONS
A. Electrical: Connect units to wiring systems and to ground as indicated and instructed by
manufacturer.
B. Ground equipment.
1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published
torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated,
use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
3.03 CLEANING
A. After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect
exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris, and repair damaged
finishes including chips, scratches, and abrasions.
3.04 COMMISSIONING
A. After installation, check the following:
1. Unit is level on base and is flashed in exterior wall.
2. Unit casing has no visible damage.
3. Compressor, air-cooled condenser coil, and fans have no visible damage.
4. Set outdoor air vent damper to “closed” position.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS 23 81 13-4
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
5. Condenser are clean and free of construction debris.
6. Controls are connected and operable, cycle unit through hi/lo fan and heat/cool
operation.
7. Shipping bolts, blocks, and tie-down straps are removed.
8. Return air and outdoor vent air filters are installed and clean.
9. Drain pan and slinger ring are functioning properly.
10. Effectively disable the temperature limiter stops.
B. Check fan-wheel rotation (evaporator and condenser) for correct direction without
vibration and binding.
C. Start unit according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Complete manufacturer's startup checks.
D. After starting and performance test, clean filters.
3.05 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance
personnel.
1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures for starting and stopping
troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment.
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
FAN COIL UNITS 23 81 19-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 81 19 - FAN COIL UNITS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes
1. Packaged fan coil units, intended for indoor installations, with:
a. Externally Mounted Air-Cooled Condensers
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
1. Product Data:
a. Include rated capacities; shipping, installed, and operating weights; furnished
specialties; and accessories for each type of product indicated.
2. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring and differentiate
between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.
3. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and marked for intended use.
B. System shall comply with requirements of ARI 410, AMCA 210, ASHRAE 15.
1.04 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of
other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and
shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor
under requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. Special Warranty: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or
replace components of fan coil units that fail in materials or workmanship within
specified warranty period.
C. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Fan Coil Units:
a. Carrier
b. Trane
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
FAN COIL UNITS 23 81 19-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
c. Mitsubishi
d. LG
e. Approved Equal
2.02 PACKAGED UNITS
A. Description: Factory-assembled and -wired unit; consisting of cabinet, evaporator fan,
evaporator coil, air filters, and controls. See schedule on mechanical drawings for
additional information.
1. Condenser: Remote air-cooled condenser.
2.03 CABINET
A. Frame and Panels: Structural-steel frame with galvanized steel panels with baked-
enamel finish in color selected by Owner’s Representative, and with access doors or
panels.
B. Insulation: Minimum 1-inch thick, 1 ½ Lb/Ft 3 density fiberglass neoprene coated
acoustic duct liner on cabinet interior and control panel.
C. Drain Pan: Galvanized steel with corrosion-resistant coating.
D. Frame: Galvanized steel with corrosion-resistant coating.
E. Panels: Galvanized steel with corrosion-resistant coating.
2.04 EVAPORATOR FAN
A. Configuration: Forward-curved centrifugal fan; statically and dynamically balanced.
B. Vibration Isolation: Internal to unit.
C. Rating: As recommended by the manufacturer or a minimum of one and one-half times
nameplate rating of motor.
D. Motors: Open drip-proof with permanently sealed ball bearings, with factory installed
and wired internal thermal and current overloads and a minimum 1.15 resilient base
frame for motor isolation, factory run tested.
2.05 EVAPORATOR COIL
A. Direct-Expansion Coil: Seamless copper tubes expanded into aluminum fins.
B. Refrigeration Circuit: A separate circuit for each compressor, with externally equalized
thermal-expansion valve, filter-dryer, and charging valves.
2.06 REMOTE AIR-COOLED CONDENSER
A. Description: Factory assembled and tested; consisting of condenser coil, fans and
motors, and operating controls; suitable for roof mounting.
1. Condenser Coil: Aluminum-fin copper tube with integral sub-cooler; leak tested to
425 psig.
2. Condenser Fans: Direct-drive propeller type with permanently lubricated motors
with built-in thermal-overload protection.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
FAN COIL UNITS 23 81 19-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
3. Refrigerant Line Kits: Annealed-copper suction and liquid lines that are factory
cleaned, dried, pressurized, and sealed; insulated suction line; flared fittings at
evaporator end, no fitting at condenser end; and service valves for both suction and
liquid lines.
4. Low Ambient Control: Cycles fans and modulates condenser fan damper assembly
to permit operation down to 0 deg F.
2.07 HEATING COIL
A. Electric Coil: Helical, nickel-chrome, resistance-wire heating elements with refractory
ceramic support bushings; automatic-reset thermal cutout; built-in magnetic contactors;
manual-reset thermal cutout; airflow proving device; and one-time fuses in terminal box
for over-current protection.
2.08 AIR FILTERS
A. Disposable Filters: 2-inch thick, glass-fiber, pleated panel filters.
2.09 CONTROLS
A. Control Package: Factory wired, including contactor, high- and low-pressure cutouts,
internal-winding thermostat for compressor, control-circuit transformer, and non-
cycling reset relay.
B. Time-Delay Relay: Five-minute delay to prevent compressor cycling.
C. Adjustable Digital Thermostat: Remote with securable cover in public spaces.
D. System Selector Switch: Off-Heat-Auto-Cool
E. Fan Control Switch: Auto-On
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install units level and plumb.
B. Isolation: Mount cabinet and remote air-cooled condenser on rubber-in-shear pads for
mounting under base of unit.
C. Install seismic restraints (where required).
3.02 CONNECTIONS
A. Install piping adjacent to unit to allow service and maintenance.
B. Unless otherwise indicated, connect piping with unions and shutoff valves to allow units
to be disconnected without draining piping. Refer to piping system Sections for specific
valve and specialty arrangements.
C. Ground equipment:
1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published
torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use
those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
FAN COIL UNITS 23 81 19-4
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Installation Inspection: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect
field-assembled components and equipment installation, including piping and electrical
connections, and to prepare a written report of inspection.
B. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest
until no leaks exist.
C. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm
proper motor rotation and unit operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with
new components, and retest.
D. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
3.04 COMMISSIONING
A. Verify that units are installed and connected according to the Contract Documents.
B. Lubricate bearings, adjust belt tension, and change filters.
C. Perform startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions and do the
following:
1. Fill out manufacturer's checklists.
2. Check for unobstructed airflow over coils.
3. Check operation of condenser capacity-control device.
4. Verify that vibration isolation devices and flexible connectors dampen vibration
transmission to structure.
3.05 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance
personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain units.
1. Conduct training as specified in Division 1 "Training”.
2. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and
stopping, troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining units.
END OF SECTION
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 23 81 26-1
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
SECTION 23 81 26 - SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Split-System Air-Conditioning Units 5 Tons and Less
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements
2. Section 23 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for HVAC
3. Section 23 05 13 (15090) – Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment
4. Section 23 05 48 (15070) – Vibration and Seismic Control for HVAC Piping and
Equipment
5. Section 23 05 53 (15075) – Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment
6. Section 23 05 93 (15950) – Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC
7. Section 23 08 00 – Commissioning of HVAC
8. Section 23 09 00 (15900) – Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
9. Section 23 09 93 (15940) – Sequence of Operation for HVAC Controls
10. Division 23 23 00 (15183) – Refrigerant Piping
11. Section 25 51 10 – Integrated Automation Control of Guestroom Equipment
12. Division 26 (16) Sections for electrical connections.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Air-Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI) Publications:
1. 210/240 “Unitary Air-Conditioning and Air-Source Heat Pump”
2. 410 “Forced-Circulation Air-Cooling and Air-Heating Coils”
3. 1060 "Performance Rating of Air-to-Air Heat Exchangers for Energy Recovery
Ventilation Heat Equipment"
B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)
Publications:
1. 15 "Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration”
2. 62.1 “Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality (ANSI Approved)”
3. 90.1 “Energy Code for Commercial and High-Rise Residential Buildings”
C. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and
Materials)
1. B117 "Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus"
D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 23 81 26-2
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1. ANSI/NFPA 70, “National Electrical Code”
E. New Buildings Institute (NBI) Publications:
1. “Core Performance Guide”
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
2. Product Data: Include rated capacities, weights, furnished specialties, and
accessories for each model indicated.
3. Shop Drawings: Detail layout and installation of wall penetrations.
a. Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring for power, signal, and control systems and
differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.
4. Maintenance Data: For equipment to include in the maintenance manuals.
B. LEED Submittals:
1. Prerequisite EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance
a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/
ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2004, Section 6 – Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning.
2. Prerequisite EAp3: Fundamental Refrigerant Management
a. Product Data indicating refrigerant compliance.
3. Credit EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance
a. Product Data indicating compliance with Advanced Buildings Core Performance
Guide Criteria 2.9 – Mechanical Equipment Efficiency Requirements
4. Prerequisite EQp1: Minimum IAQ Performance
a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/
ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 62.1-2004, Section 5 – "Systems and Equipment."
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. AHRI Certification: Units and their components shall be factory tested according to the
applicable portions of AHRI 1060, " Performance Rating of Air-to-Air Heat Exchangers
for Energy Recovery Ventilation Heat Equipment," and AHRI 410, "Forced Circulation
Air-Cooling and Air-Heating Coils," and shall be listed and bear the label of the Air-
Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI)."
C. UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide motors required as part of air-handling units that
are listed and labeled by UL and comply with applicable NEMA standards.
D. Comply with NFPA 70 for components and installation.
B. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated components specified in this Section
that are listed and labeled.
1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the NFPA National Electrical Code,
Article 100.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 23 81 26-3
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
C. Comply with ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 62.1-2004, Section 7 – "Construction and
Startup."
1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
D. Deliver units as factory-assembled units with protective crating and covering.
E. Coordinate delivery of units in sufficient time to allow movement into building.
F. Handle roof mounted units to comply with manufacturer's written rigging and
installation instructions for unloading and moving to final location.
1.04 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of units and wall or ceiling construction, where unit
penetrates wall or ceiling, or is supported by it.
B. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations.
1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described in Section 01 78 43 (01790) “Spare Parts and
Materials” that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering
for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1.05 WARRANTY
C. General Warranty: The manufacturer shall warrant all equipment for a period of one (1)
year from date of substantial completion. Extended warranty specified in this Article
shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the
Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other
warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.
D. Extended Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
replace components of rooftop air conditioners that fail in materials or workmanship
within specified warranty period.
1. Extended Warranty Period for Compressors: Manufacturer's standard, but not less
than five years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Trane
2. Carrier
3. Mitsubishi
4. Approved Equal
2.02 INDOOR UNITS (5 TONS OR LESS)
B. Concealed Evaporator-Fan Components:
1. Chassis: Galvanized steel with flanged edges, removable panels for servicing, and
insulation on back of panel.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 23 81 26-4
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
2. Insulation: Faced, glass-fiber duct liner.
3. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and
thermal-expansion valve. Comply with AHRI 210/240.
4. Water Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins spaced no closer
than 0.1 inch; leak tested to 300 psig underwater; with a two-position control valve.
5. Electric Coil: Helical, nickel-chrome, resistance-wire heating elements; with
refractory ceramic support bushings, automatic-reset thermal cutout, built-in
magnetic contactors, manual-reset thermal cutout, airflow proving device, and one-
time fuses in terminal box for overcurrent protection.
6. Fan: Forward-curved, double-width wheel of galvanized steel; directly connected to
motor.
7. Fan Motors:
a. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure
type, and efficiency requirements specified in Section 23 05 13 "Common Motor
Requirements for HVAC Equipment."
b. Multitapped, multispeed with internal thermal protection and permanent
lubrication.
c. Wiring Terminations: Connect motor to chassis wiring with plug connection.
8. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with
requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004.
9. Filters: Permanent, cleanable.
10. Condensate Drain Pans:
a. Fabricated with one percent slope in at least two planes to collect condensate
from cooling coils (including coil piping connections, coil headers, and return
bends) and humidifiers, and to direct water toward drain connection.
1) Length: Extend drain pan downstream from leaving face to comply with
ASHRAE 62.1-2004.
2) Depth: A minimum of 2 inches deep.
b. Double-wall, stainless-steel sheet with space between walls filled with foam
insulation and moisture-tight seal.
c. Drain Connection: Located at lowest point of pan and sized to prevent
overflow. Terminate with threaded nipple on both ends of pan.
1) Minimum Connection Size: NPS 1.
d. Pan-Top Surface Coating: Asphaltic waterproofing compound.
e. Units with stacked coils shall have an intermediate drain pan to collect
condensate from top coil.
2.02 OUTDOOR UNITS (5 TONS OR LESS)
A. Air-Cooled, Compressor-Condenser Components:
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 23 81 26-5
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1. Casing: Steel, finished with baked enamel, withstanding a 500-hour salt spray test
polyester powder coating, withstanding a 1,000-hour salt spray test per ASTM B117,
in color selected by Architect Owner’s Representative , with removable panels for
access to controls, weep holes for water drainage, and mounting holes in base.
Provide brass service valves, fittings, and gage ports on exterior of casing.
2. Compressor: Hermetically sealed with crankcase heater and mounted on vibration
isolation device. Compressor motor shall have thermal- and current-sensitive
overload devices, start capacitor, relay, and contactor.
a. Compressor Type: Scroll.
b. Two-speed compressor motor with manual-reset high-pressure switch and
automatic-reset low-pressure switch.
c. Refrigerant Charge: R-410A.
d. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and
liquid subcooler. Comply with AHRI 210/240.
3. Fan: Aluminum-propeller type, directly connected to motor.
4. Motor: Permanently lubricated, with integral thermal-overload protection.
5. Low Ambient Kit: Permits operation down to 45 deg F.
6. Mounting Base: Polyethylene.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Control equipment and sequence of operation are specified in Section 23 09 00
"Instrumentation and Controls for HVAC" and Section 23 09 93 "Sequence Of Operations
For HVAC Controls."
B. Thermostat: Low voltage with subbase to control compressor and evaporator fan.
C. Automatic-reset timer to prevent rapid cycling of compressor.
D. Refrigerant Line Kits: Soft-annealed copper suction and liquid lines factory cleaned,
dried, pressurized, and sealed; factory-insulated suction line with flared fittings at both
ends.
E. Drain Hose: For condensate.
F. Additional Monitoring:
1. Monitor constant and variable motor loads.
2. Monitor variable-frequency-drive operation.
3. Monitor economizer cycle.
4. Monitor cooling load.
5. Monitor air distribution static pressure and ventilation air volumes.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 23 81 26-6
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine roof for compliance with requirements for conditions affecting installation and
performance of roof mounted units. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install units level and plumb.
B. Install evaporator-fan components using manufacturer's standard mounting devices
securely fastened to building structure.
C. Install ground-mounted, compressor-condenser components on 4-inch- thick, reinforced
concrete base that is 4 inches larger, on each side, than unit. Concrete, reinforcement,
and formwork are specified in Section 03 30 00 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." Coordinate
anchor installation with concrete base.
D. Install roof-mounted, compressor-condenser components on prefabricated equipment
supports. Anchor units to supports with removable, cadmium-plated fasteners.
E. Install and connect refrigerant tubing to component's quick-connect fittings. Install
tubing to allow access to unit.
3.03 CONNECTIONS
A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings
indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
1. Water Coil Connections: Comply with requirements specified other Division 23
Sections. Connect hydronic piping to supply and return coil connections with
shutoff-duty valve and union or flange on the supply connection and with throttling-
duty valve and union or flange on the return connection.
B. Where piping is installed adjacent to unit, allow space for service and maintenance of
unit.
C. Duct Connections: Duct installation requirements are specified in Section 23 33 00 "Air
Duct Accessories”. Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts. Connect supply
and return ducts to split-system air-conditioning units with flexible duct connectors.
Flexible duct connectors are specified in Section 23 33 00 "Air Duct Accessories."
3.04 CLEANING
A. Remove dirt, and construction debris, and repair damaged finishes including chips,
scratches, and abrasions.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND COMMISSIONING
A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including
connections.
B. Perform tests and inspections.
HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES
ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539
BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17
SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 23 81 26-7
Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.
1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including
connections, and to assist in testing.
C. Tests and Inspections:
1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and
retest until no leaks exist.
2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm
proper motor rotation and unit operation.
3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls
and equipment.
D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
E. Prepare test and inspection reports.
F. Complete commissioning pre-functional testing and functional testing as part of this
work.
G. After starting and performance test, change filters.
3.06 STARTUP SERVICE
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.
1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
3.07 DEMONSTRATION
2.02.1.1 Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance
personnel.
2.02.1.1.1 Conduct training as specified in Section 01 79 00 "Training”.
1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to
startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive maintenance.
2. Review data in the maintenance manuals.
END OF SECTION